Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021161887A1 - Compound - Google Patents

Compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021161887A1
WO2021161887A1 PCT/JP2021/004079 JP2021004079W WO2021161887A1 WO 2021161887 A1 WO2021161887 A1 WO 2021161887A1 JP 2021004079 W JP2021004079 W JP 2021004079W WO 2021161887 A1 WO2021161887 A1 WO 2021161887A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ring
group
compound
carbon atoms
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/004079
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
悠司 淺津
由紀 西上
国見　信孝
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to CN202180013071.3A priority Critical patent/CN115052857A/en
Priority to KR1020227031305A priority patent/KR20220142469A/en
Publication of WO2021161887A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021161887A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/44—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4
    • C07D211/46—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4 having a hydrogen atom as the second substituent in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/45—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C255/46—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings to carbon atoms of non-condensed rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D203/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D203/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D203/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D203/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D203/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D203/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D203/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D203/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D203/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing three-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with carbocyclic rings directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D205/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with radicals, containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/14—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D211/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/56—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D211/58—Nitrogen atoms attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/38—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having only hydrogen or hydrocarbon radicals attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D263/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D263/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/125—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/13—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/155—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D303/00—Compounds containing three-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D303/02—Compounds containing oxirane rings
    • C07D303/48—Compounds containing oxirane rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D305/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D305/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D305/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D305/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/66—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30—Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/36—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44—Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10—Esters
    • C08F20/34—Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10—Esters
    • C08F220/34—Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • C08F220/343—Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate in the form of urethane links
    • C08F220/346—Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate in the form of urethane links and further oxygen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/02—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated end groups
    • C08F290/06—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F36/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F36/02—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • C08F36/04—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds the radical having only two carbon-to-carbon double bonds conjugated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/08—Processes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/29—Compounds containing one or more carbon-to-nitrogen double bonds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3415—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K3/00—Materials not provided for elsewhere

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a compound.
  • UV absorbers have been used in various applications and products to protect the human body and resin materials from deterioration due to UV rays.
  • Ultraviolet absorbers are roughly classified into inorganic ultraviolet absorbers and organic absorbers.
  • Inorganic UV absorbers have good durability such as weather resistance and heat resistance, but tend to be inferior in controlling absorption wavelength and compatibility with organic materials.
  • the organic UV absorber is inferior to the inorganic UV absorber in terms of durability, but the absorption wavelength and compatibility with the organic material are controlled from the degree of freedom of the molecular structure of the organic UV absorber. It is possible to use it in a wide range of fields such as sunscreens, paints, optical materials, building materials, and automobile materials.
  • Typical organic UV absorbers include compounds having a triazole skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, and a triazine skeleton.
  • ⁇ max maximum absorption
  • the organic ultraviolet absorbers having the skeleton show maximum absorption ( ⁇ max) at a wavelength of 360 nm or less, they cannot efficiently absorb long-wave ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet regions having a wavelength of around 400 nm (for example, a wavelength of 380 nm to 400 nm).
  • ⁇ max maximum absorption
  • Patent Document 1 proposes a compound having a merocyanine skeleton as represented by the following formula.
  • the compound having a merocyanine skeleton has weak durability (particularly weather resistance), and it is difficult to apply it to applications where there are strict requirements for weather resistance, and the compound described in Patent Document 1 also has sufficient weather resistance. Sometimes it wasn't. Further, when the addition amount was increased in order to sufficiently absorb the light having a wavelength of around 400 nm, there was a possibility that the compound was precipitated.
  • the present invention includes the following inventions.
  • ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. .. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent.
  • the compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) is any one of the compound represented by the formula (I) to the compound represented by the formula (IX) [1].
  • the compound described in. [In formulas (I) to (IX), rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
  • Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 respectively.
  • Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 are replaced. It may have a group.
  • Ring W 111 represents a heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms as a component.
  • Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 each independently represent a ring having one nitrogen atom as a component.
  • hydrogen atom, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H Represents a group containing a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-,-, respectively.
  • R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently heterocyclic groups, halogen atoms and nitros, respectively.
  • 2- and -CH are independently of -O-, -S-, -NR 1A- , -CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO -S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS It may be replaced with -S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO 2-.
  • R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A , R 11A , R 12A , R 13A and R 14A are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Alternatively, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 41 and R 42 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 51 and R 52 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 61 and R 62 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 91 and R 92 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 101 and R 102 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 111 and R 112 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 12 and R 13 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 42 and R 43 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 52 and R 53 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 62 and R 63 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 72 and R 73 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 82 and R 83 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 92 and R 93 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 102 and R 103 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 112 and R 113 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 14 and R 15 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 24 and R 25 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 34 and R 35 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 74 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 84 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 124 and R 125 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 6 and R 8 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • R 7 and R 126 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a trivalent linking group.
  • R 11 represents a tetravalent linking group.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
  • At least one of 114 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group. , -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a substituent, or a substituent.
  • the compound according to [2] which represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2 -R 222 (R 222 represents a hydrogen atom, an aromatic alkyl group or a substituted group ⁇ carbon atoms 6 have a 18 carbon atoms that may 1 be ⁇ 25 substituted hydrocarbon
  • R 222 represents a hydrogen atom, an aromatic alkyl group or a substituted group ⁇ carbon atoms 6 have a 18 carbon atoms that may 1 be ⁇ 25 substituted hydrocarbon
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 has a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 has a hydrogen atom and a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a substituent may have a substituent (1 to 25 carbon atoms).
  • Compound. [6] The compound according to any one of [2] to [5], wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group.
  • R 4 is a cyano group and R 5 has a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent.
  • R 222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent.
  • the compound according to any one of [2] to [6] which represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be used.
  • R 4 and R 5 are cyano groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent.
  • R 3 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2.
  • R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom), which is one of [1] to [16].
  • R 3 is a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A are R 111A and R 112A, respectively.
  • R 3 is a cyano group
  • [1] A compound according to any one of - [18].
  • [20] The compound according to any one of [1] to [19], wherein ring W 1 is a 5- to 7-membered ring.
  • [21] The compound according to [20], wherein the ring W 1 is a 6-membered ring.
  • [22] The compound according to [1] to [21], wherein the gram absorption coefficient ⁇ at the maximum absorption wavelength is 50 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more.
  • [23] The compound according to [1] to [22], wherein ⁇ ( ⁇ max) / ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) ⁇ 5.
  • [ ⁇ ( ⁇ max) represents the gram absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength in a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) represents the gram absorption coefficient at (maximum absorption wavelength + 30 nm) of a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
  • the unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g ⁇ cm).
  • composition according to [26], wherein the initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the composition according to [28], wherein the radically polymerizable component is a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the composition according to [29], wherein the radically polymerizable component is a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the resin (A) is a resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower.
  • composition according to [32] wherein the resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower is a (meth) acrylic resin.
  • cross-linking agent (E) is an isocyanate cross-linking agent.
  • a hard coat layer formed from the composition according to any one of [24] to [30].
  • An adhesive layer comprising the composition according to any one of [31] to [35].
  • ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. .. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent.
  • the present invention provides a novel compound having a merocyanine skeleton, which has high absorption selectivity in the region of long-wave ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of around 400 nm and high weather resistance. Further, the layer formed from the composition containing the compound of the present invention can provide a thin film layer having excellent light absorption in the above region without bleeding of the compound even when the amount added to the composition is increased.
  • the compound of the present invention is a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (X)).
  • compound (X) a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (X)).
  • ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity. Ring W 1 may have a substituent.
  • R 3 represents a monovalent substituent.
  • the polymerizable group of compound (X) is not particularly limited.
  • a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an oxazolino group, an aziridino group and a vinyl ether group
  • a radically polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group
  • an alkoxysilyl group can be mentioned.
  • the polymerizable group of compound (X) is preferably a radically polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group examples include a vinyl group, an ⁇ -methylvinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, an allyl group, a styryl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and the like.
  • the (meth) acryloyl group means that it may be either an acryloyl group or a meta-acryloyl group, and in addition, "(meta)" in the case of (meth) acrylate or the like has the same meaning. be.
  • Ring W 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a ring having one or more double bonds as a component of the ring and does not have aromaticity.
  • Ring W 1 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • Ring W 1 may be a heterocycle containing a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) as a constituent requirement of the ring, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring composed of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom. There may be.
  • the ring W 1 has one or more double bonds as a constituent requirement of the ring, but the double bonds contained in the ring W 1 are usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and 1 or 2. Is more preferable, and one is more preferable.
  • Ring W 1 is usually a ring having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably having a 5- to 7-membered ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered ring structure. Ring W 1 is preferably a single ring.
  • Examples of the ring W 1 include the groups described below.
  • * 1 represents a bond with a nitrogen atom
  • * 2 represents a bond with a carbon atom
  • Ring W 1 may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group and the like.
  • Alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms fluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1 , 2,2-Tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethyl group and other alkyl halide groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyl An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as an oxy group and a hexyloxy group; an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group and a hexylthio group; Fluorinated alkoxy
  • Alkylcarbonyloxy group alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as methylsulfonyl group and ethylsulfonyl group; arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as phenylsulfonyl group; group containing polymerizable group; cyano group; nitro group; hydroxy group; a thiol group; carboxyl group; -SF 3; -SF 5; -SO 3 H and the like.
  • the group containing a polymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having a polymerizable group at the terminal, and specific examples thereof include a group represented by the formula (I-2).
  • X 2 represents a polymerizable group.
  • R 333 is a single bond, an alcandiyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic group hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 334 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond. ]
  • Examples of the polymerizable group represented by X 2 include the same polymerizable groups as those described above, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 333 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propane-1,3-diyl group, a butane-1,4-diyl group, and a pentane-1,5-diyl group.
  • the arcandyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 333 may have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxy group or the like.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic group hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 333 include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and a phenylene methylene group.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 333 may have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxy group or the like.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 334 includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and an n-pentyl group. , Isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group and the like.
  • the substituent that the ring W 1 may have includes an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It is preferably an amino group that may be substituted with.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 3 is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrogen atom.
  • a heterocyclic group a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, a carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, and a substituent.
  • substituents include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • -CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group - and -CH are each independently, -O -, - S -, - NR 1A -, - CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO-S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O-CS -, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS-S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO- or -
  • R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A and R 11A are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 3 includes a pyridyl group, a pyrrolidyl group, a tetrahydrofurfuryl group, a tetrahydrothiophene group, a pyrrole group, a furyl group, a thiopheno group, a piperidine group, a tetrahydropyranyl group and a tetrahydrothiopyranyl group.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having the number 3 to 16 include a pyrrolidyl group, a piperidyl group, a tetrahydrofurfuryl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrothiopheno group, a tetrahydrothiopyranyl group and a pyridyl group. ..
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and n.
  • -Pentyl group isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group, n-dodecyl group, isododecyl group, undecyl group, Linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms such as lauryl group, myristyl group, cetyl group and stearyl group: cycloalkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group.
  • a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 25 carbon atoms such as a cyclohexylmethyl group can be mentioned.
  • Aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 are independently -O-, -S-, -NR 1A-, and -CO, respectively.
  • alkoxy group represented by -OR' examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, three -OCF groups, a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group and the like.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -S-, -SR'(R'has a halogen atom.
  • It is preferably an alkylthio group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms). Further, it may be a polyalkylene thio group such as a polyethylene thio group or a polypropylene thio group.
  • alkylthio group represented by —SR ′ examples include methylthio group, ethylthio group, ⁇ SCF 3 group, polyethylene thio group, polypropylene thio group and the like.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -COO-, -COO-R'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably a group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms).
  • -CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - and / or -CH is -SO 2 - when it is substituted with, -SO 2 -R '(R' is have a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms), and may be an -SO 2 CHF 2 group, an -SO 2 CH 2 F group, or the like.
  • the alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A and R 11A include methyl groups.
  • Linear or branched carbon such as ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylbutyl group.
  • Alkyl numbers 1 to 6 can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a tetrasenyl group, a pentasenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, a tetraphenyl group and a pyrenyl group.
  • Aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as peryleneyl group, coronenyl group and biphenyl group; aralkyl groups having 7 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenylethyl group and naphthylmethyl group, phenoxyethyl group, phenoxydiethylene glycol group and phenoxy.
  • Examples thereof include an arylalkoxy group of a polyalkylene glycol group, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group or a benzyl group.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 may have is a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; a thiol group; an amino group; a nitro group; a cyano group; -SO 3.
  • Examples include H group.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 are independently -O-, -S-, -NR 1A-, and -CO, respectively.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted, it is preferably substituted with -O- or -SO 2-.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group; phenoxy. It is preferably an ethyl group, a phenoxydiethylene glycol group, an arylalkoxy group of a phenoxypolyalkylene glycol group, or the like.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is "-SO 2- R".
  • R represents an aryl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 17 carbon atoms. It is preferable that the group is represented by.
  • halogen atom represented by R 3 examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like.
  • R 3 is a nitro group; a cyano group; a halogen atom; -OCF 3; -SCF 3; -SF 5; -SF 3; fluoroalkyl group (preferably, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms); fluoroaryl group (Preferably, a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms); -CO-OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A may have halogen atoms independently of each other).
  • alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms preferably a cyano group; a fluorine atom; a chlorine atom; -OCF 3 ; -SCF 3 ; a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; -CO-O. More preferably, it is -R 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom). , Cyan groups are more preferred.
  • the molecular weight of compound (X) is preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 3000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. Further, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.
  • Compound (X) preferably exhibits maximum absorption at a wavelength of 370 to 420 nm.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max) of the compound (X) is a wavelength of 370 to 420 nm, ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 380 to 400 nm can be efficiently absorbed.
  • the ⁇ max of compound (X) is preferably a wavelength of 375 to 415 nm, more preferably a wavelength of 375 to 410 nm, and even more preferably a wavelength of 380 to 400 nm.
  • the compound (X) preferably has a gram absorption coefficient ⁇ at the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max) of 50 or more, more preferably 75 or more, and particularly preferably 100 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is generally 100,000 or less.
  • the unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g ⁇ cm).
  • the compound (X) preferably has ⁇ ( ⁇ max) / ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) of 5 or more, preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 15 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is generally 1000 or less.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max) represents the gram extinction coefficient of compound (X) at the maximum absorption wavelength
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) represents the gram extinction coefficient of compound (X) at the (maximum absorption wavelength + 30 nm).
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max) / ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) is 5 or more, auxiliary absorption at a wavelength of 420 nm or more can be minimized, so that coloring is unlikely to occur.
  • Compound (X) may have at least one polymerizable group, but preferably has 1 to 4 polymerizable groups.
  • the compound (X) may have at least one partial structure represented by the formula (X), but preferably has one to four partial structures represented by the formula (X). ..
  • Compound (X) preferably further has an electron-attracting group.
  • the compound (X) is preferably any one of a compound represented by the formula (I) to a compound represented by the formula (IX), and more preferably a compound represented by the formula (I). ..
  • rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as described above. Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. Independently, it represents a ring structure having at least one double bond as a component of the ring.
  • Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 are replaced. It may have a group.
  • Ring W 111 represents a heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms as a component.
  • Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 each independently represent a heterocycle having one nitrogen atom as a component.
  • hydrogen atom, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H Represents a group containing a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-,-, respectively.
  • R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently heterocyclic groups, halogen atoms and nitros, respectively.
  • 2- and -CH are independently of -O-, -S-, -NR 1A- , -CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO -S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS It may be replaced with -S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO 2-.
  • R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A , R 11A , R 12A , R 13A and R 14A are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Alternatively, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 41 and R 42 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 51 and R 52 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 61 and R 62 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 91 and R 92 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 101 and R 102 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 111 and R 112 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 12 and R 13 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 42 and R 43 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 52 and R 53 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 62 and R 63 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 72 and R 73 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 82 and R 83 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 92 and R 93 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 102 and R 103 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 112 and R 113 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 14 and R 15 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 24 and R 25 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 34 and R 35 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 74 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 84 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 124 and R 125 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 6 and R 8 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • R 7 and R 126 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a trivalent linking group.
  • R 11 represents a tetravalent linking group.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
  • At least one of 114 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • the ring is not particularly limited as long as it independently has one or more double bonds as a component of the ring.
  • Rings W 2 to W 13 may be monocyclic or condensed rings, respectively. Further, the rings W 2 to W 13 may be rings having no aromaticity (aliphatic rings) or may be aromatic rings.
  • Rings W 1 to W 13 may be heterocycles containing a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) as a component of the ring.
  • Rings W 2 to W 13 each independently have one or more double bonds as a constituent requirement of the ring, but the double bonds contained in ring W 1 are usually 1 to 4, and 1 to 3 Is preferable, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.
  • the rings W 2 to W 13 are usually independent rings having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably having a 5- to 7-membered ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered ring structure. It is preferable that the rings W 2 to W 13 are independently and monocyclic. Further, it is preferable that the rings W 2 to W 13 are independent rings having no aromaticity. Rings W 2 to W 13 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent group, ring W 1 is the same as the like as the substituent which may have.
  • the substituents that the rings W 2 to W 13 may have are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably an amino group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • rings W 2 to W 13 include the same specific examples of rings W 1.
  • Ring W 111 is a heterocycle containing two nitrogen atoms as a component of the ring.
  • the ring W 111 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring.
  • the ring W 111 is usually a 5- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Ring W 111 may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the ring W 111 may have include a hydroxy group; a thiol group; an aldehyde group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group and an ethyl group; and a carbon number 1 such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group.
  • Alkyl group of ⁇ 6; Alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methylthio group and ethylthio group; Alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group and methylethyl are substituted.
  • Examples of the ring W 111 include the rings described below.
  • Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 are each independently a heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom as a component of the ring.
  • the ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 may be independently a single ring or a condensed ring, but are preferably a single ring.
  • the ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 are each independently, usually a 5- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. preferable.
  • Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 may each independently have a substituent.
  • Ring W 112 As the ring W 113 and the substituent which may have ring W 114 is, include those similar to the substituents of the ring W 1.
  • Examples of the ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 include the rings described below.
  • R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75. , R 85 and R 125 are independently examples of, for example, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, an alkyl halide group, an aryl halide group, and -OCF 3.
  • R222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a group hydrocarbon group.
  • X 1 is, -CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS -, - CSS -, - COS -, - CSO -, - SO 2 -, - NR 223 CO- or -CONR 224 - represents a.
  • R223 and R224 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. * Represents a bond. ]
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • alkyl halide group examples include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluoroisopropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluorosec-butyl group, a perfluorotert-butyl group, a perfluoropentyl group and a perfluorohexyl group. Fluoroalkyl group and the like, and a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl halide group usually has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl halide group may be a straight chain or a branched chain.
  • Examples of the aryl halide group include a fluorophenyl group, a chlorophenyl group, a bromophenyl group and the like, and a fluoroaryl group is preferable, and a perfluoroaryl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl halide group usually has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • X 1 is preferably -COO- or -SO 2-.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 222 methyl, ethyl, n- propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- butyl group, tert- butyl group, sec- butyl group, n- pentyl group , N-Hexyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl, 2-hexyl-octyl group and other linear or branched alkyl groups with 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • R222 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R223 and R224 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group and n. Examples thereof include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a pentyl group, an n-hexyl group and a 1-methylbutyl group.
  • R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75. , R 85 and R 125 are independent of the nitro group, cyano group, halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl.
  • Group preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms
  • fluoroaryl group preferably a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms
  • 222 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 222 is a hydrogen atom, It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent), more preferably cyano.
  • R 222 may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, even if it has an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of the group containing a polymerizable group represented by R 85 and R 125 include a group represented by the above formula (I-2).
  • R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring. Further, the ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may contain a hetero atom (nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom) or the like as a component of the ring.
  • Ring R 4 and R 5 is formed by bonding is usually 3 to 10 membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other include the structures described below. [In the formula, * represents a bond with a carbon atom.
  • R 1E to R 16E represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. ]
  • the ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may have a substituent (R 1E to R 16E in the above formula).
  • the substituents are, for example, ring W 1 is the same as the like as the substituent which may have.
  • Each of the R 1E to R 16E is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 14 and R 15 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 24 and R 25 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 34 and R 35 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 74 and R 75 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 84 and R 85 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 124 and R 125 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
  • the groups include the same as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • substituent a halogen atom, hydroxy group, nitro group, cyano group, -SO 3 H and the like.
  • R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 Aliphatic compounds with 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 112 , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONR 13A. -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted, -O-, -S-, -CO-O- or -SO 2- It is preferable to be replaced.
  • -CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - if and / or -CH is replaced by -COO-, -COO-R '(R ' is substituted by a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • -CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - and / or -CH is -SO 2 - when substituted by, -SO 2 -R '(R' is have a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, which may be used, and may be an -SO 2 CHF 2 group, an -SO 2 CH 2 F group, or the like.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 12A, R 13A and R 14A include the same alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1A.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 is an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms and preferably, phenyl or benzyl Is more preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group may substituent of the 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a halogen atom; include such -SO 3 H group; hydroxy group; a thiol group; an amino group; a nitro group; a cyano group Be done.
  • -CH 2- and -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, and -COO, respectively.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted, it is preferably substituted with -O- or -SO 2-.
  • -CH 2- and / or -CH contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group; phenoxy.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group is "-SO 2- R".
  • R represents an aryl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 17 carbon atoms. It is preferable that the group is represented by.
  • Examples thereof include groups represented by the formula (I-2).
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • a double bond constituting the ring W 1 is included. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 and the ring W 1 .
  • Specific examples of the fused ring formed by the ring formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 and the ring W 1 include the ring structure described below.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 12 and R 13 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 2 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 12 and R 13. That is, a fused ring is formed by a ring formed by combining R 12 and R 13 with each other and a ring W 2. Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 42 and R 43 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 5 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 42 and R 43. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 42 and R 43 with each other and the ring W 5 .
  • the ring formed by connecting R 52 and R 53 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 6 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 52 and R 53. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 52 and R 53 with each other and the ring W 6 .
  • the ring formed by connecting R 62 and R 63 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 7 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 62 and R 63.
  • a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 62 and R 63 with each other and the ring W 7 .
  • the ring formed by connecting R 72 and R 73 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 8 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 72 and R 73. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 72 and R 73 with each other and the ring W 8 .
  • the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 82 and R 83 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 9 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 82 and R 83. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 82 and R 83 with each other and the ring W 9 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 92 and R 93 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 12 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 92 and R 93.
  • a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 92 and R 93 with each other and the ring W 12 .
  • the ring formed by connecting R 102 and R 103 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 10 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 102 and R 103. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 102 and R 103 with each other and the ring W 10 .
  • the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 112 and R 113 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 11 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 112 and R 113. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 112 and R 113 with each other and the ring W 11 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is a heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom as a component of the ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may further contain a hetero atom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) as a component of the ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is preferably a heterocycle having no aromaticity (aliphatic heterocycle), and is an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Is more preferable.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is usually a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may have a substituent, and examples thereof include the same substituents that the rings W 2 to W 12 may have. Examples of the ring formed by combining R 1 and R 2 with each other include the rings described below.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 41 and R 42 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 51 and R 52 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 61 and R 62 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 91 and R 92 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 101 and R 102 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 111 and R 112 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
  • a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is used.
  • examples thereof include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be possessed.
  • -CH 2- contained in the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -NR 1B- (R 1B is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 1 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group of 6), -CO-, -SO 2- , -SO-, -PO 3- may be substituted.
  • the substituent that the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like.
  • the divalent linking groups represented by R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 126 are each independently divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is more preferable that it is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • divalent linking groups represented by R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 126 include the linking groups described below.
  • * represents a bond.
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 126 are each independently a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula. Is preferable, and a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula is more preferable.
  • R 8 is preferably a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula.
  • each independently has a trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituent which may have a substituent.
  • examples thereof include trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be used.
  • -CH 2- contained in the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CS-, -CO-, -SO- , -NR 11B (R 11B is a hydrogen atom or the number of carbon atoms). It represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6)-may be replaced by.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by R 9 and R 10 is preferably a trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may independently have a substituent.
  • Specific examples of the trivalent linking group represented by R 9 and R 10 include the linking groups described below.
  • Examples include to 18 tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • -CH 2- contained in the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CS-, -CO-, -SO- , -NR 11C- (R 11C is a hydrogen atom or carbon. It may be replaced with (representing an alkyl group of the number 1 to 6).
  • the substituent that the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like.
  • the tetravalent linking group represented by R11 is preferably a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may independently have a substituent. Specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by R 11 include the linking groups described below.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • the formed ring is formed. If has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 contains a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • two groups selected from R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 form a ring (for example, R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring).
  • the formed ring has a polymerizable group
  • at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 contains a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • two groups selected from R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 form a ring (for example, when R 4 and R 5 combine with each other to form a ring), the ring is formed. If the resulting ring has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 contains a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • two groups selected from R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 form a ring (for example, when R 34 and R 35 combine with each other to form a ring), the ring is formed. If the resulting ring has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 contains a polymerizable group.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • two groups selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 form a ring (for example, R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring).
  • the formed ring has a polymerizable group
  • at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 contains a polymerizable group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 is used. It is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 form a ring (for example, R).
  • R 2 R 4, R 5 , R 72, R 73, R 74, R 75, R 82, R 83, R 84 and R 85 is It is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 form a ring (for example, R).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112. , R 113 and R 114 are groups containing a polymerizable group. 2 selected from R 1 , R 2, R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114.
  • R 1 , R 2 When one group forms a ring (for example, when R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring), if the formed ring has a polymerizable group, R 1 , R 2 , At least one of R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 is considered to contain a polymerizable group. ..
  • At least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • two groups selected from R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 form a ring (for example, when R 4 and R 5 combine with each other to form a ring), they are formed. If the ring has a polymerizable group, at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 is considered to contain a polymerizable group.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond, and pyrrolidine. It is particularly preferred to have a ring or piperidine ring structure.
  • R 3 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3, -SCF 3, -SF 5, -SF 3, a fluoroalkyl group (preferably, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms), fluoroaryl group (Preferably, a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), -CO-OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • cyano group Preferably, cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A).
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently nitro group, cyano group, halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO-O-, respectively.
  • R 222 or -SO 2 -R 222 (R 222 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted group which has ⁇ 1 carbon atoms which may 25 have an alkyl group or a substituent of an optionally substituted 6 to 18 carbon atoms also have It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group), preferably a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2.
  • R 222 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. (Represented) is more preferable, and it is more preferably a cyano group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent and has 1 to 25 carbon atoms. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group or a substituent.), And a cyano group is particularly preferable. It is preferable that at least one of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group.
  • R 4 is a cyano group
  • R 5 is a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent and has 1 carbon number. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group of to 25 or a substituent).
  • R 4 and R 5 preferably have the same structure. It is preferable that both R 4 and R 5 are cyano groups.
  • R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 and R 111 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferred.
  • R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 and R 112 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 carbon atom. More preferably, it is an alkyl group of ⁇ 10.
  • R 41 and R 42 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond.
  • R 51 and R 52 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond.
  • R 61 and R 62 are connected to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle is formed, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond.
  • it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
  • R 91 and R 92 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
  • R 101 and R 102 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
  • R 111 and R 112 are connected to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
  • R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently nitro groups; cyano groups; halogen atoms.
  • R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom), preferably a cyano group; a fluorine atom; a chlorine atom; -OCF 3 ; -SCF 3 ; fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each have a halogen atom independently. It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may be used), and a cyano group is particularly preferable.
  • a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a fluoroaryl group (preferably a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  • R 222 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. Is more preferable, and a cyano group is particularly preferable.
  • R 14 and R 15 have the same structure. It is preferable that R 24 and R 25 have the same structure. It is preferable that R 34 and R 35 have the same structure. It is preferable that R 74 and R 75 have the same structure. It is preferable that R 84 and R 85 have the same structure. It is preferable that R 124 and R 125 have the same structure.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 2 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group, R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other to form a ring, and R 1 and R 2 are It is more preferable that the rings connected to each other have a polymerizable group.
  • the compound (I) is more preferably any of a compound represented by the formula (I-1A), a compound represented by the formula (I-2A), or a compound represented by the formula (I-3A). .. [In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 have the same meanings as above. Rx 1 , Rx 2 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 , Rx 5 , Rx 6 , Rx 7 and Rx 8 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents. m1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m2 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Rx 1 and Rx 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 and Rx 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , Rx 6 , Rx 7 and Rx 8 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 8 examples include the same substituents that the ring W 1 may have. It is preferable that Rx 1 , Rx 2 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 , Rx 6 , and Rx 7 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. When m1 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R x5s may be the same group or different groups. Further, when m2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R x8s may be the same group or different groups. It is preferable that Rx 5 and Rx 8 are independent groups containing a polymerizable group.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I) include the compounds described below.
  • Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.
  • compound (II) examples include the compounds described below.
  • compound (III) examples include the compounds described below.
  • compound (IV) examples include the compounds described below.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (V) include the compounds described below.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • compound (VI) examples include the compounds described below.
  • compound (VIII) examples include the compounds described below.
  • compound (IX) examples include the compounds described below.
  • compound (I) in which R 1 has a (meth) acryloyloxy group (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (I-1B))) is a compound represented by the formula (MA) (hereinafter, compound). It can be obtained by reacting (sometimes referred to as (MA)) with a compound represented by the formula (MB) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as compound (MB)).
  • rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as above.
  • R 2, R 4 and R 5, except that except when representing a group containing a polymerizable group represent the same meaning as the above.
  • R E1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R E2 represents a (meth) acryloyl group
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and a compound having the ring to which R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other a (meth) acryloyloxy group (I) (hereinafter, Compound (I-1C ) Can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula (MA1) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MA1)) with a compound (MB).
  • MA1 a compound represented by the formula (MA1)
  • MB compound
  • rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as above.
  • R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R E2 represents a (meth) acryloyl group
  • R E3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • Ring W 1 represents a heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom as a component of the ring.
  • the reaction between compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is to mix compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB). Is carried out by.
  • Mixing of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) with compound (MB) can be done by adding compound (MB) to compound (MA) or compound (MA1). preferable.
  • the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
  • Bases include ammonia, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, ethanolamine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, diazabicycloundecene, diazabicyclononen, guanidine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, pyridine, aniline, dimethoxyaniline, acetic acid.
  • Amine compounds such as ammonium and ⁇ -alanine (preferably tertiary amines such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine), potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium tertiary butoxide, potassium tertiary butoxide, sodium hydride, carbonic acid. Examples include sodium and potassium carbonate.
  • the amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and preferably 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MA).
  • the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB) is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent.
  • a solvent include chloroform, acetonitrile, benzene, toluene, acetone, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane dichloroethane, monochlorobenzene, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, 2-butanone, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-.
  • examples thereof include dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dibutylhydroxytoluene, water, n-hexane, n-heptane and the like.
  • the reaction time of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours, preferably 1 to 30 hours.
  • the reaction temperature of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is usually ⁇ 80 to + 150 ° C., preferably ⁇ 30 to 130 ° C.
  • the amount of the compound (MB) used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1). preferable.
  • Examples of the compound (MB) include acrylic acid chloride and the like, which can be obtained from the market.
  • Examples of the compound (MA) include the compounds described below.
  • Examples of the compound (MA1) include the compounds described below.
  • the compound (MA) is a compound represented by the formula (MC) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MC)) and a compound represented by the formula (MD) (hereinafter, a compound). It may be obtained by reacting with (MD).
  • Compound (MA1) can be obtained by reacting compound (MC) with a compound represented by the formula (ME) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (ME)).
  • R E1 , R E3 , R 3 and ring W 1 have the same meanings as described above.
  • R 2, R 4 and R 5, except that except when representing a group containing a polymerizable group represent the same meaning as the above.
  • Ring W 1A represents a ring structure.
  • the reaction between the compound (MC) and the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) is usually carried out by combining the compound (MC) with the compound (MD) or the compound (ME). It is carried out by mixing, and it is preferable to add compound (MD) or compound (ME) to compound (MC). Further, the reaction between the compound (MC) and the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) is carried out between the compound (MC) and the compound (MC) in the presence of a base and a methylating agent. It is preferably carried out by mixing D) or a reaction with compound (ME).
  • compound (MC) is more preferable to mix compound (MC) with compound (MD) or compound (ME), a base and a methylating agent, and a mixture of compound (MC), a methylating agent and a base. It is more preferable to mix the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) with the compound (MD).
  • Examples of the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB).
  • the amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and preferably 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MC).
  • methylating agent examples include iodomethane, dimethyl sulfate, methyl methanesulfonate, methyl fluorosulfonate, methyl paratoluenesulfonate, methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate and the like.
  • the amount of the methylating agent used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 5 mol, based on 1 mol of compound (MC).
  • the amount of the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) to be used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MC). preferable.
  • reaction of compound (MC) with compound (MD) or compound (ME) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent.
  • a solvent examples include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, toluene, acetonitrile and the like.
  • the reaction time between compound (MC) and compound (MD) or compound (ME) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours.
  • the reaction temperature of compound (MC) and compound (MD) or compound (ME) is usually ⁇ 80 to + 150 ° C.
  • Examples of the compound (MD) include (2-hydroxy) ethylmethylamine, (4-hydroxy) butylamine, 4-hydroxybutylmethylamine, 4-hydroxybutylbutylamine and the like.
  • Examples of the compound (ME) include 3-hydroxypyrrolidine, 3-hydroxymethylpyrrolidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxymethylpiperidine, 4- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine and the like.
  • the hydroxy group contained in the compound (ME) may be protected by a silyl group or the like.
  • Examples of the compound (MC) include the compounds described below.
  • the compound (MC) is a compound represented by the formula (MF) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MF)) and a compound represented by the formula (MG) (hereinafter, a compound). It may be obtained by reacting with (MG).
  • MF formula
  • MG formula
  • rings W 1A and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
  • R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • E 1 represents a leaving group.
  • Examples of the leaving group represented by E 1 include a halogen atom, a p-toluenesulfonyl group, a trifluoromethylsulfonyl group and the like.
  • the reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) can be carried out by mixing the compound (MF) and the compound (MG).
  • the reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
  • the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB).
  • Preferred are potassium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, potassium tertiary butoxide, diisopropylethylamine.
  • the amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 5 mol, based on 1 mol of the compound (MF).
  • the reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent.
  • the solvent examples include toluene, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and the like.
  • the reaction time between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours.
  • the reaction temperature of the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is usually ⁇ 80 to + 150 ° C.
  • MG a commercially available product may be used.
  • Examples of the compound (MF) include the compounds described below.
  • Compound (MF) can be obtained by reacting compound (MH) with compound (MI).
  • the reaction between the compound (MH) and the compound (MI) can be carried out by mixing the compound (MH) and the compound (MI).
  • ring W 1A has the same meaning as above.
  • R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • the reaction between compound (MH) and compound (MI) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
  • the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB).
  • the amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 5 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2 mol, based on 1 mol of the compound (MH).
  • the reaction between compound (MH) and compound (MI) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, toluene, acetonitrile and the like.
  • the reaction time of compound (MH) and compound (MI) is usually 0.1 to 10 hours.
  • the reaction temperature of compound (MH) and compound (MI) is usually ⁇ 50 to 150 ° C.
  • the amount of compound (MI) used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (MH).
  • the compound (MI) a commercially available product may be used, and examples thereof include malononitrile.
  • examples of the compound (MH) include the compounds described below, which are available on the market.
  • the present invention includes a resin having a partial structure represented by the formula (X) (hereinafter, may be referred to as resin (1)).
  • the resin (1) may contain a partial structure represented by the formula (X) in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain.
  • the resin (1) preferably has a partial structure represented by the formula (X) in the side chain.
  • the resin (1) may be a homopolymer of compound (X) (preferably any one of compounds (I) to (IX)) or a copolymer.
  • the resin (1) is a copolymer
  • a copolymer of compound (X) preferably any one of compound (I) to compound (IX)
  • a polymerizable monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid esters such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylic acid 1-.
  • (Meta) acrylic acid ester monomer having a hydroxy group such as hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl-based monomer such as vinyl acetate and butadiene; styrene such as styrene, methylstyrene and fluorostyrene Monomer; Monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, maleic acid; Aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Examples thereof include monomers having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the structural unit derived from the compound (X) (preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)) is contained in the resin (A) with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the structural units.
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 75 parts by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 60 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the resin (1) can be produced by a known method such as a solution polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, or an emulsion polymerization method.
  • composition containing compound (X) also includes compositions containing compound (X) (preferably any of compound (I) to compound (IX)).
  • the composition containing the compound (X) of the present invention preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)
  • is the compound (X) preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)).
  • a resin composition containing a resin is preferable.
  • the compositions of the present invention can be used for all purposes, but are particularly preferably used for applications that may be exposed to light including sunlight or ultraviolet rays.
  • Specific examples include, for example, glass substitutes and their surface coating materials; window glass for dwellings, facilities, transportation equipment, etc., coating materials for light-collecting glass and light source protection glass; window films for dwellings, facilities, transportation equipment, etc .; dwellings, Interior / exterior materials and interior / exterior paints for facilities, transportation equipment, etc.
  • alkyd resin lacquer coatings and coatings formed by the coatings alkyd resin lacquer coatings and coatings formed by the coatings; acrylic lacquer coatings and coatings formed by the coatings; fluorescence Materials for light sources that emit ultraviolet rays such as lamps and mercury lamps; Materials for precision machinery, electronic and electrical equipment, materials for blocking electromagnetic waves generated from various displays; Containers or packaging materials for foods, chemicals, chemicals, etc .; Bottles, boxes, blister , Cups, special packaging, compact disc coats, agricultural and industrial sheets or film materials; anti-fading agents for printed matter, dyes, dyes, etc .; for polymer supports (eg, for plastic parts such as machine and automotive parts) ) Protective film; printed matter overcoat; inkjet medium film; laminated matte; optical light film; safety glass / front glass intermediate layer; electrochromic / photochromic applications; overlaminated film; solar heat control film; sunscreen cream, shampoo, rinse , Cosmetics such as hairdressers; Textile products and textiles for clothing such as sportswear, stock
  • the molded product formed from the composition of the present invention is preferably a polymer molded product.
  • the shape of the molded product may be any of flat film-like, powder-like, spherical particles, crushed particles, massive continuum, fibrous, tubular, hollow thread-like, granular, plate-like, and porous. ..
  • the resin used in the resin composition includes a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin conventionally used in the production of various known molded products, sheets, films and the like. And so on.
  • the thermoplastic resin include olefin resins such as polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, and polycycloolefin resins, poly (meth) acrylic acid ester resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylonitrile resins, and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resins.
  • Resin polyvinyl chloride resin, vinylidene chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polybutylene terephthalate resin,
  • polyester resins such as liquid crystal polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyamide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyurethane resins and polyphenylene sulfide resins. These resins may be used as one or more polymer blends or polymer alloys.
  • thermosetting resin examples include epoxy resin, melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, phenol resin, urea resin, alkyd resin, thermosetting polyimide resin and the like.
  • the resin composition is used as an ultraviolet absorbing filter or an ultraviolet absorbing film
  • the resin is preferably a transparent resin.
  • the resin composition can be obtained by mixing the compound (X) and the resin.
  • the compound (X) may be contained in an amount necessary for imparting desired performance, for example, 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the composition of the present invention When the composition of the present invention is used for optical products such as an optical filter, it can be applied to, for example, an optical liquid crystal display device.
  • the layer formed from the resin composition may be applied to any of a film layer, an adhesive layer, a hard coat layer and the like, and the adhesive layer and the hard coat layer may be applied. Is preferable.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a resin (A), a compound (X) and an initiator (C) (hereinafter referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1)). It may be formed from).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) further comprises a light-absorbing compound (G) other than the radical-curable component (D), a cross-linking agent (E), a silane compound (F), and a compound (X) (hereinafter, a light selective absorption compound).
  • G may be contained, and may contain an antistatic agent or the like, and is composed of a radical curable component (D), a cross-linking agent (E), a silane compound (F), and a light selective absorption compound (G). It preferably comprises at least one selected from the group.
  • the resin (A) is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the resin (A) preferably does not exhibit maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 780 nm.
  • the resin (A) is preferably a resin having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 40 ° C. or lower.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is more preferably 20 ° C. or lower, further preferably 10 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is usually ⁇ 80 ° C. or higher, preferably ⁇ 70 ° C. or higher, more preferably ⁇ 60 ° C.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is 40 ° C. or lower, it is advantageous to improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) to the adherend. Further, when the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is ⁇ 80 ° C. or higher, it is advantageous to improve the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1).
  • the glass transition temperature can be measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
  • Examples of the resin (A) include (meth) acrylic resin, silicone resin, rubber resin, urethane resin and the like, and (meth) acrylic resin is preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably a polymer containing a constituent unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester as a main component (preferably containing 50% by mass or more).
  • the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester has one or more structural units derived from a monomer other than the (meth) acrylic acid ester (for example, a polar functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, or an amino group).
  • a structural unit derived from a monomer may be contained.
  • the content of the resin (A) is usually 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, preferably 60% by mass to 95% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1). It is preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the content of the compound (X) is usually 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.2 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is a mass portion, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the initiator (C) is either a compound that induces a polymerization reaction by absorbing heat energy (thermal polymerization initiator) or a compound that induces a polymerization reaction by absorbing light energy (photopolymerization initiator). May be good.
  • the light is preferably an active energy ray such as visible light, ultraviolet light, X-ray, or electron beam.
  • thermal polymerization initiator examples include compounds that generate radicals by heating (thermal radical generators), compounds that generate acids by heating (thermal acid generators), and compounds that generate bases by heating (thermal base generators). ) Etc. can be mentioned.
  • Photopolymerization initiators include compounds that generate radicals by absorbing light energy (photoradical generators), compounds that generate acids by absorbing light energy (photoacid generators), and light energy. Examples thereof include a compound (photobase generator) that generates a base by absorbing the above.
  • an initiator (C) suitable for the polymerization reaction of the radical curable component (D) described later preferably a radical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the radical polymerization initiator include alkylphenone compounds, benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, oxime ester compounds, phosphine compounds and the like.
  • the radical polymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably an oxime ester-based photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of reactivity of the polymerization reaction.
  • the reaction rate of the radical curing component (D) can be increased even under curing conditions where the illuminance or the amount of light is weak.
  • the content of the initiator (C) is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.3 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is more preferably parts by mass, more preferably 0.75 to 4 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 parts by mass.
  • radical curable component (D) examples include radical curable components such as compounds or oligomers that are cured by a radical polymerization reaction.
  • examples of the radically polymerizable component (D) include (meth) acrylate-based compounds, styrene-based compounds, and vinyl-based compounds.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) may contain two or more radical curable components (D).
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylate-based compound include a (meth) acrylate monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule, a (meth) acrylamide monomer, and at least two (meth) acryloyloxy in the molecule.
  • Examples thereof include (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing compounds such as (meth) acrylic oligomers having a group.
  • the (meth) acrylic oligomer is preferably a (meth) acrylate oligomer having at least two (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
  • As the (meth) acrylate compound only one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the (meth) acrylate monomer includes a monofunctional (meth) acrylate monomer having one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule and a bifunctional (meth) acrylate having two (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
  • Examples include monomers and polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomers having three or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule. It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound is preferably trifunctional or higher.
  • the content of the radical curable component (D) is usually 0.5 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 70 parts by mass, and 3 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is more preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 7.5 to 25 parts by mass.
  • cross-linking agent (E) examples include an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, a metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, and the like. From the viewpoint of speed and the like, an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent is preferable.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent (E) is usually 0.01 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is ⁇ 7 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25 to 2 parts by mass.
  • silane compound (F) examples include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, and 3 -Glysidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples thereof include 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane.
  • the silane compound (F) may be a silicone oligomer.
  • the content of the silane compound (F) is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.15 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is ⁇ 7 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25 to 2 parts by mass.
  • the light selective absorption compound (G) is a light-absorbing compound other than the compound (X), and is, for example, a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 250 nm to 380 nm (preferably a wavelength of 250 nm or more and less than 360 nm) (ultraviolet absorber). Is.
  • the structure of the light selective absorption compound (G) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 250 nm to 380 nm, but a benzotriazole compound, a benzophenone compound, a triazine compound, a salicylic acid compound, and cyano are not particularly limited.
  • the content of the light selective absorption compound (G) is usually 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.2 to 40 parts by mass, and more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is .5 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 25 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 20 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) further contains one or more additives such as a solvent, a cross-linking catalyst, a tack fire, a plasticizer, a softening agent, a pigment, a rust preventive, an inorganic filler, and light-scattering fine particles. can do.
  • additives such as a solvent, a cross-linking catalyst, a tack fire, a plasticizer, a softening agent, a pigment, a rust preventive, an inorganic filler, and light-scattering fine particles. can do.
  • an active energy ray-curable composition containing the compound (X), a photocurable component and an initiator (hereinafter, active energy ray-curable composition (2). ) May be formed from).
  • the hard coat layer is, for example, a layer laminated on the outermost surface of an optical product and has a scratch resistant function.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition represents a composition that is cured by being irradiated with active energy rays. Examples of the active energy ray include ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays, visible light and the like, and ultraviolet rays are preferable.
  • a light source having an emission distribution having a wavelength of 400 nm or less is preferable, and examples thereof include a low-pressure mercury lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a black light lamp, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp. be able to.
  • the photocurable components include compounds or oligomers (radical polymerizable compounds) that are cured by a radical polymerization reaction when irradiated with active energy rays, compounds that are cured by a cationic polymerization reaction when irradiated with active energy rays (cationically polymerizable compounds), and , Compounds that are cured by anionic polymerization reaction and the like.
  • a radically polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound or an anionicly polymerizable compound may be used in combination.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition (2) preferably contains a radically polymerizable component.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include the same radically curable component (D) as described above, and a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferable.
  • the content of the photocurable component is usually 50 to 99.5% by mass, preferably 70 to 97% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the active energy ray-curable composition (2).
  • the content of compound (X) is usually 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photocurable component. It is 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition (2) may contain include the same initiators (C) as described above.
  • the initiator is preferably a radical polymerization initiator, more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and even more preferably an oxime ester-based polymerization initiator.
  • the content of the initiator is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photocurable component. It is a part by weight. By blending 0.5 parts by mass or more of the initiator, the active energy ray-curable composition (2) can be sufficiently cured.
  • Example 1 Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-1) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5 parts of 4-hydroxypiperidine, 40 parts of dichloromethane, 13.6 parts of tertiary butyldiphenylchlorosilane, and 6.7 parts of imidazole were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the mixture and purified to obtain 11.8 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-1).
  • ⁇ Maximum absorption wavelength and gram absorption coefficient ⁇ measurement> A 2-butanone solution (0.006 g / L) of the compound represented by the obtained formula (UVA-1) was placed in a 1 cm quartz cell, and the quartz cell was placed in a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). ), And the absorbance was measured in the wavelength range of 1 nm step 300 to 800 nm by the double beam method. The gram extinction coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from the obtained absorbance value, the concentration of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) in the solution, and the optical path length of the quartz cell.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ ) A ( ⁇ ) / CL
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ ) represents the gram extinction coefficient [L / (g ⁇ cm)] of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) at the wavelength ⁇ nm
  • a ( ⁇ ) represents the absorbance at the wavelength ⁇ nm
  • C represents the concentration (g / L)
  • L represents the optical path length [m] of the quartz cell.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) was 385 nm.
  • the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) has ⁇ ( ⁇ max) of 130.4 L / (g ⁇ cm), ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) of 7 L / (g ⁇ cm), and ⁇ ( ⁇ max) / ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) was 18.6.
  • Example 2 Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-2) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.1 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 0.7 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 0.9 parts of methyl triflate, and 11 parts of dehydrated acetonitrile are mixed and 3 at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. Stirred for hours. 1.4 parts of (2-hydroxy) ethylmethylamine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture, and the mixture was purified to obtain compound 0 represented by the formula (M-6). .5 copies were obtained.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-2) was 380 nm.
  • the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-2) has ⁇ ( ⁇ max) of 127.4 L / (g ⁇ cm), ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) of 6.4 L / (g ⁇ cm), and ⁇ ( ⁇ max) /.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) was 19.9.
  • Example 3 Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-3) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 2.8 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 3.6 parts of methyl triflate and 40 parts of acetonitrile were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. .. 4 parts of 3-hydroxypyrrolidine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and the mixture was purified to obtain 2.6 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-7). ..
  • the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-3) was 380 nm.
  • the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-3) has ⁇ ( ⁇ max) of 109.5 L / (g ⁇ cm), ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) of 2.1 L / (g ⁇ cm), and ⁇ ( ⁇ max) /.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) was 52.1.
  • Example 4 Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-4) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 2.8 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 3.6 parts of methyl triflate and 40 parts of acetonitrile were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. .. 4 parts of 4- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and purified to obtain 2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-8). rice field.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) was 385 nm.
  • the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) has ⁇ ( ⁇ max) of 120.7 L / (g ⁇ cm), ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) of 7.2 L / (g ⁇ cm), and ⁇ ( ⁇ max) /.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ max + 30 nm) was 16.8.
  • a total amount of a solution prepared by dissolving 0.14 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts of ethyl acetate was added. After the initiator was added, the temperature was maintained at this temperature for 1 hour, and then ethyl acetate was continuously added into the reaction vessel at an addition rate of 17.3 parts / hr while maintaining the internal temperature at 54 to 56 ° C. to concentrate the acrylic resin. The addition of ethyl acetate was stopped when the temperature reached 35%, and the temperature was kept at this temperature until 12 hours had passed from the start of addition of ethyl acetate.
  • acrylic resin (A) was referred to as acrylic resin (A).
  • a cross-linking agent (E) (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd .: trade name "Coronate L", isocyanate compound, solid content 75) with respect to 100 parts of the solid content of the ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the acrylic resin (A).
  • silane compound (F) (manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: product name "KBM3066") 0.28 parts, radical curable component (D) (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: product name " A-DPH-12E ", 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound), initiator (C) (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd .: trade name” NCI-730 ", photoradical generator which is an oxime ester compound) 0.
  • Example 6 to 12 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (15) were prepared in the same manner as in Example 5 except that each component and the content of each component were changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent blended is the number of parts by mass as the active ingredient, and the resin (A) is the number of parts by mass of the solid content.
  • Acrylic resin (A) Acrylic resin (A) synthesized in Polymerization Example 1 Formula (UVA-1): Compound represented by formula (UVA-1) synthesized in Example 1 Formula (UVA-3): Compound represented by formula (UVA-3) synthesized in Example 3 Formula (UVA-3) UVA-4): Compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) synthesized in Example 4 NCI-730: manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., trade name: NCI-730, photoradical generator A-, which is an oxime ester compound.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) prepared above was applied to the release-treated surface of a separate film [trade name "PLR-382190” obtained from Lintec Corporation] made of a polyethylene terephthalate film that had been released-treated.
  • the film was applied using an applicator so that the thickness after drying was 5 ⁇ m, and dried at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 1 minute.
  • UV-A wavelength 320 to 390 nm
  • UV-A was adjusted to an illuminance of 500 mW and an integrated light amount of 500 mJ using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“Fusion UV Systems Co., Ltd.“ Electrodeless UV lamp system H valve ”).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) (1) was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
  • Example 14 to 23 and (Comparative Examples 8 to 13) As shown in Table 3, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (2) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (17) were prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used and the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed were changed. bottom.
  • the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) to pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (17) are respectively bonded to non-alkali glass, the separate film is peeled off, and then a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film (manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) is applied to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • COP cycloolefin polymer
  • ZF-14 was laminated to prepare a laminate having a COP film / adhesive layer / glass structure.
  • the separate film of the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (18) was peeled off and bonded to non-alkali glass to prepare a laminate having a composition of COP film / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer / glass.
  • the prepared laminate was set in a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the absorbance was measured in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps by the double beam method.
  • Table 3 shows the absorbances (Abs) of the prepared pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a wavelength of 330 nm, a wavelength of 400 nm, and a wavelength of 420 nm.
  • the absorbance of the non-alkali glass and the absorbance of the COP film at a wavelength of 330 nm, a wavelength of 400 nm and a wavelength of 420 nm are all 0.
  • the novel compound having a merocyanine skeleton of the present invention has high absorption selectivity in the region of long-wave ultraviolet rays to near-ultraviolet rays, has good weather resistance, and is formed from a composition containing the novel compound of the present invention. Even if the layer is made into a thin film, the compound does not precipitate and has good bleed resistance.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Polyurethanes Or Polyureas (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To provide a novel compound which has high absorption selectivity for the long-wavelength ultraviolet to near ultraviolet region close to a wavelength of 400 nm, exhibits high weathering resistance, and has a merocyanine skeleton. Furthermore, a layer formed from a composition containing the compound can provide a thin film layer which has excellent light absorption in the region and in which the compound does not bleed out even if the added quantity of the compound in the composition is increased. [Solution] Provided is a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by formula (X) [In formula (X), ring W1 denotes a ring structure which has a double bond as a constituent element of the ring and is not aromatic, and ring W1 may have a substituent group.　R3 denotes a monovalent substituent group.]

Description

化合物Compound
　本発明は、化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to a compound.
　従来から、人体や樹脂材料を紫外線による劣化から守るため、様々な用途・製品で紫外線吸収剤が使用されている。紫外線吸収剤は、大別して無機系紫外線吸収剤と有機系吸収剤に分けられる。無機系紫外線吸収剤は耐候性や耐熱性等の耐久性が良好である反面、吸収波長の制御や有機材料との相溶性に劣る傾向にある。一方、有機系紫外線吸収剤は、無機系紫外線吸収剤よりも耐久性の点では劣るが、有機系紫外線吸収剤における分子の構造の自由度から、吸収波長や有機材料との相溶性等のコントロールが可能で、日焼け止めや塗料、光学材料や建材、自動車材等、幅広い分野で使用される。 Traditionally, UV absorbers have been used in various applications and products to protect the human body and resin materials from deterioration due to UV rays. Ultraviolet absorbers are roughly classified into inorganic ultraviolet absorbers and organic absorbers. Inorganic UV absorbers have good durability such as weather resistance and heat resistance, but tend to be inferior in controlling absorption wavelength and compatibility with organic materials. On the other hand, the organic UV absorber is inferior to the inorganic UV absorber in terms of durability, but the absorption wavelength and compatibility with the organic material are controlled from the degree of freedom of the molecular structure of the organic UV absorber. It is possible to use it in a wide range of fields such as sunscreens, paints, optical materials, building materials, and automobile materials.
　代表的な有機系紫外線吸収剤としては、トリアゾール骨格、ベンゾフェノン骨格、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物が挙げられる。しかしながら、前記骨格を有する有機系紫外線吸収剤の多くが波長３６０ｎｍ以下に極大吸収（λmax）を示すため波長４００ｎｍ付近（例えば、波長３８０ｎｍ～４００ｎｍ）の長波紫外線～近紫外線領域を効率よく吸収できず、この領域の光を十分に吸収するためには使用量を非常に多くする必要があった。しかしながら、使用量を増やすと紫外線吸収剤を含む組成物から紫外線吸収剤が析出するという課題があった。 Typical organic UV absorbers include compounds having a triazole skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, and a triazine skeleton. However, since most of the organic ultraviolet absorbers having the skeleton show maximum absorption (λmax) at a wavelength of 360 nm or less, they cannot efficiently absorb long-wave ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet regions having a wavelength of around 400 nm (for example, a wavelength of 380 nm to 400 nm). , It was necessary to use a very large amount in order to sufficiently absorb the light in this region. However, there is a problem that the ultraviolet absorber is precipitated from the composition containing the ultraviolet absorber when the amount used is increased.
　波長４００ｎｍ付近の光を効率よく吸収する化合物として、例えば、特許文献１には下記式で表されるようなメロシアニン骨格を有する化合物が提案されている。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
As a compound that efficiently absorbs light having a wavelength of around 400 nm, for example, Patent Document 1 proposes a compound having a merocyanine skeleton as represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
特開２０１９－０８９９９７号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2019-08997
　しかしながら、メロシアニン骨格を有する化合物は耐久性（特に耐候性）が弱く、耐候性に対して厳しい要求がある用途には適用が困難であり、特許文献１に記載された化合物も耐候性は十分ではない場合があった。また、十分に波長４００ｎｍ付近の光を吸収するために添加量を増やした場合、化合物が析出される可能性があった。 However, the compound having a merocyanine skeleton has weak durability (particularly weather resistance), and it is difficult to apply it to applications where there are strict requirements for weather resistance, and the compound described in Patent Document 1 also has sufficient weather resistance. Sometimes it wasn't. Further, when the addition amount was increased in order to sufficiently absorb the light having a wavelength of around 400 nm, there was a possibility that the compound was precipitated.
　本発明は以下の発明を含む。
［１］重合性基と下記式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
［式（Ｘ）中、環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を有し、かつ芳香族性を有さない環構造を表し、環Ｗ１は置換基を有していてもよい。
　Ｒ３は、１価の置換基を表す。］
［２］重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物が、式（Ｉ）で表される化合物～式（ＩＸ）で表される化合物のいずれかである［１］に記載の化合物。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
［式（Ｉ）～式（ＩＸ）中、環Ｗ１及びＲ３は、前記と同じ意味を表す。
　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要素として少なくとも１つの二重結合を有する環構造を表す。環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、置換基を有していてもよい。
　環Ｗ１１１は、構成要素として窒素原子を２つ有する複素環を表す。
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、構成要素として窒素原子を１つ有する環を表す。
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１１２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－ＮＲ１２Ａ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＲ１３Ａ－、－ＮＲ１４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＦ２－又は－ＣＨＦ－に置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３は、それぞれ独立して、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ１Ａ、Ｒ２Ａ、Ｒ３Ａ、Ｒ４Ａ、Ｒ５Ａ、Ｒ６Ａ、Ｒ７Ａ、Ｒ８Ａ、Ｒ９Ａ、Ｒ１０Ａ、Ｒ１１Ａ、Ｒ１２Ａ、Ｒ１３Ａ及びＲ１４Ａは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。
　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ２５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５は、それぞれ独立して、電子求引性基又は重合性基を含む基を表す。
　Ｒ１及びＲ２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４１及びＲ４２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ５１及びＲ５２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６１及びＲ６２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ９１及びＲ９２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１０１及びＲ１０２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１１１及びＲ１１２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ２及びＲ３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１２及びＲ１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４２及びＲ４３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ５２及びＲ５３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６２及びＲ６３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ７２及びＲ７３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ８２及びＲ８３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ９２及びＲ９３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１４及びＲ１５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ２４及びＲ２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ３４及びＲ３５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ７４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ８４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６及びＲ８は、それぞれ独立して、２価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ７及びＲ１２６は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ９及びＲ１０は、それぞれ独立して、３価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ１１は、４価の連結基を表す。
　ただし、式（Ｉ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＩＩ）のおいては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＶ）においては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（Ｖ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩＩＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＸ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２３、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。］
［３］Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、フルオロアリール基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である［２］に記載の化合物。
［４］Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、ニトロ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である［２］又は［３］に記載の化合物。
［５］Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、シアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である［２］～［４］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［６］Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、シアノ基である［２］～［５］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［７］Ｒ４がシアノ基であり、
　Ｒ５がシアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である［２］～［６］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［８］Ｒ４及びＲ５がともにシアノ基である［２］～［７］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［９］Ｒ１及びＲ２が、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基である［２］～［８］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１０］Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して環を形成する［２］～［８］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１１］Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して形成する環が、脂肪族複素環である［１０］に記載の化合物。
［１２］Ｒ１及びＲ２からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、重合性基を含む基である［２］～［９］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１３］Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して環を形成し、かつ、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結した環が重合性基を有する［２］～［８］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１４］環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、芳香族性を有さない環である［２］～［１３］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１５］環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、５～７員環構造である［２］～［１４］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１６］環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、６員環構造である［１５］に記載の化合物。
［１７］Ｒ３がニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、フルオロアリール基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）である［１］～［１６］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１８］Ｒ３がシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）である［１］～［１７］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［１９］Ｒ３がシアノ基である［１］～［１８］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［２０］環Ｗ１が５～７員環である［１］～［１９］のいずれかに記載の化合物。
［２１］環Ｗ１が６員環である［２０］に記載の化合物。
［２２］極大吸収波長におけるグラム吸光係数εが５０Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）以上である［１］～［２１］に記載の化合物。
［２３］ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）≧５である［１］～［２２］に記載の化合物。
［ε（λmax）は、重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物における極大吸収波長におけるグラム吸光係数を表す。
　ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は、重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物の（極大吸収波長＋３０ｎｍ）におけるグラム吸光係数を表す。
　グラム吸光係数の単位は、Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）である。］
［２４］［１］～［２３］のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む組成物。
［２５］さらに開始剤を含む［２４］に記載の組成物。
［２６］前記開始剤がラジカル重合開始剤である［２５］に記載の組成物。
［２７］前記開始剤が光ラジカル重合開始剤である［２６］に記載の組成物。
［２８］さらにラジカル重合性成分を含む［２４］～［２７］のいずれかに記載の組成物。
［２９］前記ラジカル重合性成分が（メタ）アクリレート化合物である［２８］に記載の組成物。
［３０］前記ラジカル重合性成分が多官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物である［２９］に記載の組成物。
［３１］さらに、樹脂（Ａ）を含む［２４］～［３０］のいずれかに記載の組成物。
［３２］前記樹脂（Ａ）は、ガラス転移温度が４０℃以下の樹脂である［３１］に記載の組成物。
［３３］前記ガラス転移温度が４０℃以下の樹脂が、（メタ）アクリル系樹脂である［３２］に記載の組成物。
［３４］さらに、架橋剤（Ｅ）を含む［３１］～［３３］のいずれかに記載の組成物。
［３５］前記架橋剤（Ｅ）が、イソシアネート架橋剤である［３４］に記載の組成物。
［３６］［２４］～［３０］のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成されハードコート層。
［３７］［３１］～［３５］のいずれかに記載の組成物からなる粘着剤層。
［３８］［２４］に記載の組成物から形成される成形物。
［３９］式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を有する樹脂。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
［式（Ｘ）中、環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を有し、かつ芳香族性を有さない環構造を表し、環Ｗ１は置換基を有していてもよい。
　Ｒ３は、１価の置換基を表す。］
［４０］［３９］に記載の樹脂を含む組成物。 The present invention includes the following inventions.
[1] A compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
[In formula (X), ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. ..
R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. ]
[2] The compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) is any one of the compound represented by the formula (I) to the compound represented by the formula (IX) [1]. The compound described in.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
[In formulas (I) to (IX), rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. Independently, it represents a ring structure having at least one double bond as a component of the ring. Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 are replaced. It may have a group.
Ring W 111 represents a heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms as a component.
Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 each independently represent a ring having one nitrogen atom as a component.
R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 and R 112. Independently, hydrogen atom, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, Represents a group containing a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-,-, respectively. COO -, - OCO -, - CONR 13A -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently heterocyclic groups, halogen atoms and nitros, respectively. Group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, group containing polymerizable group, carbon number which may have substituent Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 25 aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or substituents, and is contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group-CH. 2- and -CH = are independently of -O-, -S-, -NR 1A- , -CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO -S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS It may be replaced with -S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO 2-.
R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A , R 11A , R 12A , R 13A and R 14A are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Alternatively, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 25 , R 35. , R 75 , R 85 and R 125 each independently represent a group containing an electron-attracting group or a polymerizable group.
R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 41 and R 42 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 51 and R 52 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 61 and R 62 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 91 and R 92 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 101 and R 102 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 111 and R 112 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 2 and R 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 12 and R 13 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 42 and R 43 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 52 and R 53 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 62 and R 63 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 72 and R 73 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 82 and R 83 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 92 and R 93 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 102 and R 103 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 112 and R 113 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 14 and R 15 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 24 and R 25 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 34 and R 35 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 74 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 84 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 124 and R 125 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 6 and R 8 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
R 7 and R 126 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a trivalent linking group.
R 11 represents a tetravalent linking group.
However, in the formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (II), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (III), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (IV), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (V), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (VI), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
In formula (VII), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
In formula (VIII), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R. At least one of 114 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (IX), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
[3] At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group. , -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a substituent, or a substituent. The compound according to [2], which represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
[4] At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2 -R 222 (R 222 represents a hydrogen atom, an aromatic alkyl group or a substituted group ~ carbon atoms 6 have a 18 carbon atoms that may 1 be ~ 25 substituted hydrocarbon The compound according to [2] or [3], which represents a hydrogen group.
[5] At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 has a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 has a hydrogen atom and a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a substituent may have a substituent (1 to 25 carbon atoms). Compound.
[6] The compound according to any one of [2] to [5], wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group.
[7] R 4 is a cyano group and
R 5 has a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent. The compound according to any one of [2] to [6], which represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be used.
[8] The compound according to any one of [2] to [7], wherein both R 4 and R 5 are cyano groups.
[9] The description in any one of [2] to [8], wherein R 1 and R 2 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent. Compound.
[10] The compound according to any one of [2] to [8], wherein R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other to form a ring.
[11] The compound according to [10], wherein the ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other is an aliphatic heterocycle.
[12] The compound according to any one of [2] to [9], wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 2 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
[13] R 1 and R 2 are linked together to form a ring, and A compound according to any one of the rings R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other has a polymerizable group [2] to [8] ..
[14] Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 However, each of the compounds according to any one of [2] to [13], which is a ring having no aromaticity independently.
[15] Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 However, the compound according to any one of [2] to [14], each of which has a 5- to 7-membered ring structure independently.
[16] Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 However, each of the compounds according to [15] has a 6-membered ring structure independently.
[17] R 3 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2. -R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom), which is one of [1] to [16]. The compound described.
[18] R 3 is a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A are R 111A and R 112A, respectively. The compound according to any one of [1] to [17], which independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
[19] R 3 is a cyano group [1] A compound according to any one of - [18].
[20] The compound according to any one of [1] to [19], wherein ring W 1 is a 5- to 7-membered ring.
[21] The compound according to [20], wherein the ring W 1 is a 6-membered ring.
[22] The compound according to [1] to [21], wherein the gram absorption coefficient ε at the maximum absorption wavelength is 50 L / (g · cm) or more.
[23] The compound according to [1] to [22], wherein ε (λmax) / ε (λmax + 30 nm) ≧ 5.
[Ε (λmax) represents the gram absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength in a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
ε (λmax + 30 nm) represents the gram absorption coefficient at (maximum absorption wavelength + 30 nm) of a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
[24] A composition containing the compound according to any one of [1] to [23].
[25] The composition according to [24], which further comprises an initiator.
[26] The composition according to [25], wherein the initiator is a radical polymerization initiator.
[27] The composition according to [26], wherein the initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator.
[28] The composition according to any one of [24] to [27], which further contains a radically polymerizable component.
[29] The composition according to [28], wherein the radically polymerizable component is a (meth) acrylate compound.
[30] The composition according to [29], wherein the radically polymerizable component is a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound.
[31] The composition according to any one of [24] to [30], which further comprises the resin (A).
[32] The composition according to [31], wherein the resin (A) is a resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower.
[33] The composition according to [32], wherein the resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower is a (meth) acrylic resin.
[34] The composition according to any one of [31] to [33], which further comprises a cross-linking agent (E).
[35] The composition according to [34], wherein the cross-linking agent (E) is an isocyanate cross-linking agent.
[36] A hard coat layer formed from the composition according to any one of [24] to [30].
[37] An adhesive layer comprising the composition according to any one of [31] to [35].
[38] A molded product formed from the composition according to [24].
[39] A resin having a partial structure represented by the formula (X).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
[In formula (X), ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. ..
R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. ]
[40] A composition containing the resin according to [39].
　本発明は、波長４００ｎｍ付近の長波紫外～近紫外線の領域に対する高い吸収選択性を有し、かつ耐候性の高い、メロシアニン骨格を有する新規化合物を提供する。さらに、本発明の化合物を含む組成物から形成された層は、組成物への添加量を増やした場合でも化合物がブリードすることなく、上記領域の光吸収性に優れた薄膜層を提供できる。 The present invention provides a novel compound having a merocyanine skeleton, which has high absorption selectivity in the region of long-wave ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of around 400 nm and high weather resistance. Further, the layer formed from the composition containing the compound of the present invention can provide a thin film layer having excellent light absorption in the above region without bleeding of the compound even when the amount added to the composition is increased.
　本発明の化合物は、重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物（以下、化合物（Ｘ）という場合がある。）である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
［式（Ｘ）中、環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を有し、かつ芳香族性を有さない環構造を表す。環Ｗ１は、置換基を有していてもよい。
　Ｒ３は、１価の置換基を表す。］ The compound of the present invention is a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (X)).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
[In formula (X), ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity. Ring W 1 may have a substituent.
R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. ]
　化合物（Ｘ）が有する重合性基は、特に制限されない。例えば、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、オキサゾリノ基、アジリジノ基、ビニルエーテル基等のカチオン重合性基；エチレン性不飽和基等のラジカル重合性基；アルコキシシリル基が挙げられる。化合物（Ｘ）が有する重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基等のラジカル重合性基であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基の具体例としては、ビニル基、α－メチルビニル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基、アリル基、スチリル基、（メタ）アクリルアミド基等が挙げられる。なお本明細書において、（メタ）アクリロイル基とは、アクリロイル基又はメタアクリロイル基のいずれでもよいことを意味し、他に、（メタ）アクリレートなどというときの「（メタ）」も同様の趣旨である。 The polymerizable group of compound (X) is not particularly limited. For example, a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an oxazolino group, an aziridino group and a vinyl ether group; a radically polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group; and an alkoxysilyl group can be mentioned. The polymerizable group of compound (X) is preferably a radically polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. Specific examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include a vinyl group, an α-methylvinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, an allyl group, a styryl group, a (meth) acrylamide group and the like. In the present specification, the (meth) acryloyl group means that it may be either an acryloyl group or a meta-acryloyl group, and in addition, "(meta)" in the case of (meth) acrylate or the like has the same meaning. be.
　環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を１つ以上有する環であり、かつ芳香族性を有さない環であれば特に限定されない。環Ｗ１は単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよい。
　環Ｗ１は、環の構成要件としてヘテロ原子（例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等）を含む複素環であってもよいし、炭素原子と水素原子とからなる脂肪族炭化水素環であってもよい。
　環Ｗ１は、環の構成要件として二重結合を１つ以上有するが、環Ｗ１に含まれる二重結合は、通常１～４であり、１～３であることが好ましく、１又は２であることがより好ましく、１つであることがさらに好ましい。 Ring W 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a ring having one or more double bonds as a component of the ring and does not have aromaticity. Ring W 1 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
Ring W 1 may be a heterocycle containing a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) as a constituent requirement of the ring, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring composed of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom. There may be.
The ring W 1 has one or more double bonds as a constituent requirement of the ring, but the double bonds contained in the ring W 1 are usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and 1 or 2. Is more preferable, and one is more preferable.
　環Ｗ１は、通常、炭素数５～１８の環であり、５～７員環構造であることが好ましく、６員環構造であることがより好ましい。
　環Ｗ１は、単環であることが好ましい。 Ring W 1 is usually a ring having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably having a 5- to 7-membered ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered ring structure.
Ring W 1 is preferably a single ring.
　環Ｗ１としては、例えば、下記に記載の基が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
Examples of the ring W 1 include the groups described below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
［式中、＊１は窒素原子との結合手を表し、＊２は炭素原子との結合手を表す。］
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
[In the formula, * 1 represents a bond with a nitrogen atom, and * 2 represents a bond with a carbon atom. ]
　環Ｗ１は、置換基を有していてもよい。前記置換基としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子；メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基等の炭素数１～１２のアルキル基；フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、２－フルオロエチル基、２，２－ジフルオロエチル基、２，２，２－トリフルオロエチル基、１，１，２，２－テトラフルオロエチル基、１，１，２，２，２－ペンタフルオロエチル基等の炭素数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基；メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基等の炭素数１～１２のアルコキシ基；メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、プロピルチオ基、ブチルチオ基、ペンチルチオ基、ヘキシルチオ基等の炭素数１～１２のアルキルチオ基；モノフルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基、２－フルオロエトキシ基、１，１，２，２，２－ペンタフルオロエトキシ基等の炭素数１～１２のフッ素化アルコキシ基；アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、メチルエチル等の炭素数１～６のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいアミノ基；メチルカルボニルオキシ基、エチルカルボニル基オキシ基等の炭素数２～１２のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基；メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基等の炭素数１～１２のアルキルスルホニル基；フェニルスルホニル基等の炭素数６～１２のアリールスルホニル基；重合性基を含む基；シアノ基；ニトロ基；ヒドロキシ基；チオール基；カルボキシル基；－ＳＦ３；－ＳＦ５；－ＳＯ３Ｈ等が挙げられる。 Ring W 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group and the like. Alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; fluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1 , 2,2-Tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethyl group and other alkyl halide groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyl An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as an oxy group and a hexyloxy group; an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group and a hexylthio group; Fluorinated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as difluoromethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-fluoroethoxy group, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethoxy group; amino group, methylamino group, ethyl Amino group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as an amino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group and methyl ethyl; an amino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as a methylcarbonyloxy group and an ethylcarbonyl group oxy group. Alkylcarbonyloxy group; alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as methylsulfonyl group and ethylsulfonyl group; arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as phenylsulfonyl group; group containing polymerizable group; cyano group; nitro group; hydroxy group; a thiol group; carboxyl group; -SF 3; -SF 5; -SO 3 H and the like.
　重合性基を含む基としては、末端に重合性基を有する基であれば特に限定されないが、具体的には、式（Ｉ－２）で表される基が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
［式（Ｉ－２）中、Ｘ２は、重合性基を表す。
　Ｒ３３３は、単結合、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１２のアルカンジイル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の２価の芳香族基炭化水素基を表し、該アルカンジイル基又は２価の芳香族基炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＳ－又は－ＮＲ３３４－に置き換わっていてもよい。
　Ｒ３３４は、水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。
　＊は結合手を表す。］ The group containing a polymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having a polymerizable group at the terminal, and specific examples thereof include a group represented by the formula (I-2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
[In formula (I-2), X 2 represents a polymerizable group.
R 333 is a single bond, an alcandiyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic group hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. the stands, -CH 2 contained in the alkanediyl group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group of - is, -O -, - CO -, - CS- , or -NR 334 - may be replaced with.
R 334 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
* Represents a bond. ]
　Ｘ２で表される重合性基としては、上記した重合性基と同じものが挙げられ、好ましくはラジカル重合性基であり、より好ましくは（メタ）アクリロイル基である。 Examples of the polymerizable group represented by X 2 include the same polymerizable groups as those described above, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
　Ｒ３３３で表される炭素数１～１２のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン－１，３－ジイル基、ブタン－１，４－ジイル基、ペンタン－１，５－ジイル基及びヘキサン－１，６－ジイル基、エタン－１，１－ジイル基、プロパン－１，２－ジイル基、ブタン－１，３－ジイル基、２－メチルプロパン－１，３－ジイル基、２－メチルプロパン－１，２－ジイル基、ペンタン－１，４－ジイル基及び２－メチルブタン－１，４－ジイル基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ３３３で表される炭素数１～１２のアルカンジイル基は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基等を有していてもよい。 Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 333 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propane-1,3-diyl group, a butane-1,4-diyl group, and a pentane-1,5-diyl group. And hexane-1,6-diyl group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2 -Methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group and the like can be mentioned.
The arcandyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 333 may have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxy group or the like.
　Ｒ３３３で表される炭素数６～１８の２価の芳香族基炭化水素基としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、フェニレンメチレン基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ３３３で表される炭素数６～１８の２価の芳香族炭化水素基は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基等を有していてもよい。
　Ｒ３３４で表される炭素数１～６のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent aromatic group hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 333 include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and a phenylene methylene group.
The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 333 may have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxy group or the like.
The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 334 includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and an n-pentyl group. , Isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group and the like.
　環Ｗ１が有していてもよい置換基としては、炭素数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素数１～１２のアルキルチオ基又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいアミノ基であることが好ましい。 The substituent that the ring W 1 may have includes an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It is preferably an amino group that may be substituted with.
　Ｒ３で表される１価の置換基は水素原子以外であれば特に限定されない。例えば、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
　なお、前記脂肪族炭化水素基又は前記芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ１Ａ、Ｒ２Ａ、Ｒ３Ａ、Ｒ４Ａ、Ｒ５Ａ、Ｒ６Ａ、Ｒ７Ａ、Ｒ８Ａ、Ｒ９Ａ、Ｒ１０Ａ及びＲ１１Ａは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。 The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrogen atom. For example, even if it has a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, a carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, and a substituent. Examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Incidentally, -CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group - and -CH = are each independently, -O -, - S -, - NR 1A -, - CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO-S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O-CS -, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS-S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO It may be replaced with 2-.
R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A and R 11A are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents.
　Ｒ３で表される複素環基としては、ピリジル基、ピロリジル基、テトラヒドロフルフリル基、テトラヒドロチオフェン基、ピロール基、フリル基、チオフェノ基、ピぺリジン基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロチオピラニル基、チアピラニル基、イミダゾリノ基、ピラゾール基、オキサゾール基、チアゾリル基、ジオキサニル基、モルホリノ基、チアジニル基、トリアゾール基、テトラゾール基、ジオキソラニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、ピラジニル基、インドリル基、イソインドリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、プリニル基、ベンゾトリアゾリル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、キノキサリニル基、シンノリニル基、プテリジニル基、ベンゾピラニル基、アントリル基、アクリジニル基、キサンテニル基、カルバゾリル基、テトラセニル基、ポルフィニル基、クロリニル基、コリニル基、アデニル基、グアニル基、シトシル基、チミニル基、ウラシル基、キノリル基、チオフェニル基、イミダゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基等の炭素数３～１６の脂肪族複素環及び炭素数３～１６の芳香族複素環基が挙げられ、ピロリジル基、ピぺリジル基、テトラヒドロフルフリル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロチオフェノ基、テトラヒドロチオピラニル基、ピリジル基であることが好ましい。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 3 includes a pyridyl group, a pyrrolidyl group, a tetrahydrofurfuryl group, a tetrahydrothiophene group, a pyrrole group, a furyl group, a thiopheno group, a piperidine group, a tetrahydropyranyl group and a tetrahydrothiopyranyl group. Group, thiapyranyl group, imidazolino group, pyrazole group, oxazole group, thiazolyl group, dioxanyl group, morpholino group, thiazinyl group, triazole group, tetrazole group, dioxolanyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyrazinyl group, indolyl group, isoindrill group, Benomidazolyl group, prynyl group, benzotriazolyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, cinnolinyl group, pteridinyl group, benzopyranyl group, anthryl group, acridinyl group, xanthenyl group, carbazolyl group, tetrasenyl group, porphinyl group , Chlorinyl group, corinyl group, adenyl group, guanyl group, cytosyl group, timinyl group, uracil group, quinolyl group, thiophenyl group, imidazolyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group and other aliphatic heterocycles and carbons having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having the number 3 to 16 include a pyrrolidyl group, a piperidyl group, a tetrahydrofurfuryl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrothiopheno group, a tetrahydrothiopyranyl group and a pyridyl group. ..
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、ｎ－オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ｎ－ノニル基、イソノニル基、ｎ－デシル基、イソデシル基、ｎ－ドデシル基、イソドデシル基、ウンデシル基、ラウリル基、ミリスチル基、セチル基、ステアリル基等の炭素数１～２５の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基：シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の炭素数３～２５のシクロアルキル基；シクロヘキシルメチル基等の炭素数４～２５のシクロアルキルアルキル基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基は、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１２のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ３で表される脂肪族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、－ＳＯ３Ｈ等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and n. -Pentyl group, isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group, n-dodecyl group, isododecyl group, undecyl group, Linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms such as lauryl group, myristyl group, cetyl group and stearyl group: cycloalkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group. Group: A cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 25 carbon atoms such as a cyclohexylmethyl group can be mentioned.
Aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by represented by R 3, halogen atom, hydroxy group, nitro group, cyano group, -SO 3 H and the like.
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－，－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が置換される場合、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－又は－ＳＯ２－で置換されることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｏ－で置換される場合、－Ｏ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）で表されるアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。また、ポリエチレンオキシ基やポリプロピレンオキシ基等のポリアルキレンオキシ基であってもよい。－Ｏ－Ｒ’で表されるアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、－ＯＣＦ３基、ポリエチレンオキシ基、ポリプロピレンオキシ基等が挙げられる。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｓ－で置換される場合、－Ｓ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）で表されるアルキルチオ基であることが好ましい。また、ポリエチレンチオ基やポリプロピレンチオ基等のポリアルキレンチオ基であってもよい。－Ｓ－Ｒ’で表されるアルキルチオ基としては、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、－ＳＣＦ３基、ポリエチレンチオ基、ポリプロピレンチオ基等が挙げられる。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＣＯＯ－で置換される場合、－ＣＯＯ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基であることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＳＯ２－で置換された場合、－ＳＯ２－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基であることが好ましく、－ＳＯ２ＣＨＦ２基、－ＳＯ２ＣＨ２Ｆ基等であってもよい。 -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3 are independently -O-, -S-, -NR 1A-, and -CO, respectively. -, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O -, -NR 6A- CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO-S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS-S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or It may be replaced with -SO 2-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted, -O-, -S-, -CO-O- or -SO 2- It is preferable to be replaced.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, -OR'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably an alkoxy group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms). Further, it may be a polyalkyleneoxy group such as a polyethyleneoxy group or a polypropyleneoxy group. Examples of the alkoxy group represented by -OR' include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, three -OCF groups, a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group and the like.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -S-, -SR'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably an alkylthio group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms). Further, it may be a polyalkylene thio group such as a polyethylene thio group or a polypropylene thio group. Examples of the alkylthio group represented by —SR ′ include methylthio group, ethylthio group, −SCF 3 group, polyethylene thio group, polypropylene thio group and the like.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -COO-, -COO-R'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably a group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms).
-CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - and / or -CH = is -SO 2 - when it is substituted with, -SO 2 -R '(R' is have a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by (representing an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms), and may be an -SO 2 CHF 2 group, an -SO 2 CH 2 F group, or the like.
　Ｒ１Ａ、Ｒ２Ａ、Ｒ３Ａ 、Ｒ４Ａ、Ｒ５Ａ、Ｒ６Ａ、Ｒ７Ａ、Ｒ８Ａ、Ｒ９Ａ、Ｒ１０Ａ及びＲ１１Ａで表される炭素数１～６のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、１－メチルブチル基等の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の炭素数１～６のアルキルが挙げられる。 The alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A and R 11A include methyl groups. Linear or branched carbon such as ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylbutyl group. Alkyl numbers 1 to 6 can be mentioned.
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、テトラセニル基、ペンタセニル基、フェナントリル基、クリセニル基、トリフェニレニル基、テトラフェニル基、ピレニル基、ペリレニル基、コロネニル基、ビフェニル基等の炭素数６～１８のアリール基；ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、ナフチルメチル基等の炭素数７～１８のアラルキル基、フェノキシエチル基、フェノキシジエチレングリコール基、フェノキシポリアルキレングリコール基のアリールアルコキシ基等が挙げられ、炭素数６～１８のアリール基であることが好ましく、フェニル基又はベンジル基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a tetrasenyl group, a pentasenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, a tetraphenyl group and a pyrenyl group. , Aryl groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as peryleneyl group, coronenyl group and biphenyl group; aralkyl groups having 7 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenylethyl group and naphthylmethyl group, phenoxyethyl group, phenoxydiethylene glycol group and phenoxy. Examples thereof include an arylalkoxy group of a polyalkylene glycol group, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group or a benzyl group.
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子；ヒドロキシ基；チオール基；アミノ基；ニトロ基；シアノ基；－ＳＯ３Ｈ基等が挙げられる。 The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 may have is a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; a thiol group; an amino group; a nitro group; a cyano group; -SO 3. Examples include H group.
　Ｒ３で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が置換される場合、－Ｏ－又は－ＳＯ２－で置換されることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｏ－で置換される場合、フェノキシ基等の炭素数６～２６のアリールオキシ基；フェノキシエチル基、フェノキシジエチレングリコール基、フェノキシポリアルキレングリコール基のアリールアルコキシ基等であることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＳＯ２－で置換される場合、当該芳香族炭化水素基は、－ＳＯ２－Ｒ”（Ｒ”は炭素数６～１７のアリール基又は炭素数７～１７のアラルキル基を表す。）で表される基であることが好ましい。 -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3 are independently -O-, -S-, -NR 1A-, and -CO, respectively. -, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O -, -NR 6A- CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO-S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS-S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or It may be replaced with -SO 2-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted, it is preferably substituted with -O- or -SO 2-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group; phenoxy. It is preferably an ethyl group, a phenoxydiethylene glycol group, an arylalkoxy group of a phenoxypolyalkylene glycol group, or the like.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -SO 2- , the aromatic hydrocarbon group is "-SO 2- R". (R "represents an aryl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 17 carbon atoms.) It is preferable that the group is represented by.
　Ｒ３で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like.
　Ｒ３は、ニトロ基；シアノ基；ハロゲン原子；－ＯＣＦ３；－ＳＣＦ３；－ＳＦ５；－ＳＦ３；フルオロアルキル基（好ましくは、炭素数１～２５のフルオロアルキル基）；フルオロアリール基（好ましくは、炭素数６～１８のフルオロアリール基）；－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることが好ましく、シアノ基；フッ素原子；塩素原子；－ＯＣＦ３；－ＳＣＦ３；炭素数１～１２のフルオロアルキル基；－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることがより好ましく、シアノ基であることがさらに好ましい。 R 3 is a nitro group; a cyano group; a halogen atom; -OCF 3; -SCF 3; -SF 5; -SF 3; fluoroalkyl group (preferably, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms); fluoroaryl group (Preferably, a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms); -CO-OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A may have halogen atoms independently of each other). It represents a good alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms), preferably a cyano group; a fluorine atom; a chlorine atom; -OCF 3 ; -SCF 3 ; a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; -CO-O. More preferably, it is -R 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom). , Cyan groups are more preferred.
　化合物（Ｘ）の分子量は、好ましくは５０００以下であり、より好ましくは３０００以下であり、さらに好ましくは１０００以下である。また、好ましくは１００以上であり、より好ましくは２００以上であり、さらに好ましくは３００以上である。 The molecular weight of compound (X) is preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 3000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. Further, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.
　化合物（Ｘ）は、波長３７０～波長４２０ｎｍに極大吸収を示すことが好ましい。化合物（Ｘ）の極大吸収波長（λmax）が波長３７０～波長４２０ｎｍであると、波長３８０～波長４００ｎｍの紫外～近紫外光を効率よく吸収することができる。化合物（Ｘ）のλｍaxは好ましくは波長３７５～波長４１５ｎｍであり、より好ましくは波長３７５～波長４１０ｎｍであり、さらに好ましくは波長３８０～波長４００ｎｍである。 Compound (X) preferably exhibits maximum absorption at a wavelength of 370 to 420 nm. When the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) of the compound (X) is a wavelength of 370 to 420 nm, ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 380 to 400 nm can be efficiently absorbed. The λmax of compound (X) is preferably a wavelength of 375 to 415 nm, more preferably a wavelength of 375 to 410 nm, and even more preferably a wavelength of 380 to 400 nm.
　化合物（Ｘ）は、極大吸収波長（λmax）におけるグラム吸光係数εが５０以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは７５以上、特に好ましくは１００以上である。上限は特に制限されないが、一般的には１０００００以下である。
　化合物（Ｘ）のλmaxにおけるグラム吸光係数εが５０以上であると、少量の添加量であっても波長３８０ｎｍ～４００ｎｍの紫外～近紫外光を効率よく吸収することができる。
　なお、グラム吸光係数の単位は、Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）である。
　化合物（Ｘ）は、ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）が５以上であることが好ましく、よく好ましくは１０以上、特に好ましくは１５以上である。上限は特に制限されないが、一般的には１０００以下である。ε（λmax）は、化合物（Ｘ）の極大吸収波長におけるグラム吸光係数を表し、ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は、化合物（Ｘ）の（極大吸収波長＋３０ｎｍ）におけるグラム吸光係数を表す。
　ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）が５以上であると、波長４２０ｎｍ以上の副吸収を最小限にすることができるため、着色を生じにくい。 The compound (X) preferably has a gram absorption coefficient ε at the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) of 50 or more, more preferably 75 or more, and particularly preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is generally 100,000 or less.
When the gram extinction coefficient ε at λmax of compound (X) is 50 or more, ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 400 nm can be efficiently absorbed even with a small amount of addition.
The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm).
The compound (X) preferably has ε (λmax) / ε (λmax + 30 nm) of 5 or more, preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 15 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is generally 1000 or less. ε (λmax) represents the gram extinction coefficient of compound (X) at the maximum absorption wavelength, and ε (λmax + 30 nm) represents the gram extinction coefficient of compound (X) at the (maximum absorption wavelength + 30 nm).
When ε (λmax) / ε (λmax + 30 nm) is 5 or more, auxiliary absorption at a wavelength of 420 nm or more can be minimized, so that coloring is unlikely to occur.
　化合物（Ｘ）は、重合性基を少なくとも１つ有していればよいが、１つ～４つの重合性基を有することが好ましい。
　化合物（Ｘ）は、式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を少なくとも１つ有していればよいが、式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を１～４つ有していることが好ましい。 Compound (X) may have at least one polymerizable group, but preferably has 1 to 4 polymerizable groups.
The compound (X) may have at least one partial structure represented by the formula (X), but preferably has one to four partial structures represented by the formula (X). ..
　化合物（Ｘ）は、さらに、電子求引性基を有することが好ましい。 Compound (X) preferably further has an electron-attracting group.
　化合物（Ｘ）としては、式（Ｉ）で表される化合物～式（ＩＸ）で表される化合物のいずれかであることが好ましく、式（Ｉ）で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
［式（Ｉ）～式（ＩＸ）中、環Ｗ１及びＲ３は、上記と同じ意味を表す。
　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要素として少なくとも１つの二重結合を有する環構造を表す。環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、置換基を有していてもよい。
　環Ｗ１１１は、構成要素として窒素原子を２つ有する複素環を表す。
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、構成要素として窒素原子を１つ有する複素環を表す。
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１１２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－ＮＲ１２Ａ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＲ１３Ａ－、－ＮＲ１４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＦ２－又は－ＣＨＦ－に置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３は、それぞれ独立して、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ１Ａ、Ｒ２Ａ、Ｒ３Ａ、Ｒ４Ａ、Ｒ５Ａ、Ｒ６Ａ、Ｒ７Ａ、Ｒ８Ａ、Ｒ９Ａ、Ｒ１０Ａ、Ｒ１１Ａ、Ｒ１２Ａ、Ｒ１３Ａ及びＲ１４Ａは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。
　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ２５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５は、それぞれ独立して、電子求引性基又は重合性基を含む基を表す。
　Ｒ１及びＲ２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４１及びＲ４２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ５１及びＲ５２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６１及びＲ６２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ９１及びＲ９２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１０１及びＲ１０２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１１１及びＲ１１２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ２及びＲ３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１２及びＲ１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４２及びＲ４３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ５２及びＲ５３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６２及びＲ６３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ７２及びＲ７３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ８２及びＲ８３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ９２及びＲ９３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１４及びＲ１５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ２４及びＲ２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ３４及びＲ３５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ７４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ８４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ６及びＲ８は、それぞれ独立して、２価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ７及びＲ１２６は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ９及びＲ１０は、それぞれ独立して、３価の連結基を表す。
　Ｒ１１は、４価の連結基を表す。
　ただし、式（Ｉ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＩＩ）のおいては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＶ）においては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（Ｖ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＶＩＩＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（ＩＸ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２３、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。］ The compound (X) is preferably any one of a compound represented by the formula (I) to a compound represented by the formula (IX), and more preferably a compound represented by the formula (I). ..

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
[In formulas (I) to (IX), rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. Independently, it represents a ring structure having at least one double bond as a component of the ring. Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 are replaced. It may have a group.
Ring W 111 represents a heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms as a component.
Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 each independently represent a heterocycle having one nitrogen atom as a component.
R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 and R 112. Independently, hydrogen atom, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, Represents a group containing a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-,-, respectively. COO -, - OCO -, - CONR 13A -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently heterocyclic groups, halogen atoms and nitros, respectively. Group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, group containing polymerizable group, carbon number which may have substituent Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 25 aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or substituents, and is contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group-CH. 2- and -CH = are independently of -O-, -S-, -NR 1A- , -CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO -S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS It may be replaced with -S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO 2-.
R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A , R 11A , R 12A , R 13A and R 14A are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Alternatively, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 25 , R 35. , R 75 , R 85 and R 125 each independently represent a group containing an electron-attracting group or a polymerizable group.
R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 41 and R 42 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 51 and R 52 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 61 and R 62 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 91 and R 92 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 101 and R 102 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 111 and R 112 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 2 and R 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 12 and R 13 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 42 and R 43 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 52 and R 53 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 62 and R 63 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 72 and R 73 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 82 and R 83 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 92 and R 93 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 102 and R 103 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 112 and R 113 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 14 and R 15 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 24 and R 25 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 34 and R 35 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 74 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 84 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 124 and R 125 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 6 and R 8 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
R 7 and R 126 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a trivalent linking group.
R 11 represents a tetravalent linking group.
However, in the formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (II), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (III), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (IV), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (V), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (VI), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
In formula (VII), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
In formula (VIII), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R. At least one of 114 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
In formula (IX), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要素として二重結合を１つ以上有する環であれば特に限定されない。環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３はそれぞれ単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよい。また、環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３は芳香族性を有さない環（脂肪族環）であってもよいし、芳香環であってもよい。
　環Ｗ１～環Ｗ１３は、環の構成要素としてヘテロ原子（例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等）を含む複素環であってもよい。 Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. The ring is not particularly limited as long as it independently has one or more double bonds as a component of the ring. Rings W 2 to W 13 may be monocyclic or condensed rings, respectively. Further, the rings W 2 to W 13 may be rings having no aromaticity (aliphatic rings) or may be aromatic rings.
Rings W 1 to W 13 may be heterocycles containing a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) as a component of the ring.
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要件として二重結合を１つ以上有するが、環Ｗ１に含まれる二重結合は、通常１～４であり、１～３であることが好ましく、１又は２であることがより好ましく、１つであることがさらに好ましい。 Rings W 2 to W 13 each independently have one or more double bonds as a constituent requirement of the ring, but the double bonds contained in ring W 1 are usually 1 to 4, and 1 to 3 Is preferable, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３は、通常それぞれ独立して、炭素数５～１８の環であり、５～７員環構造であることが好ましく、６員環構造であることがより好ましい。
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、単環であることが好ましい。また環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３はそれぞれ独立して芳香族性を有さない環であることが好ましい。
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい。前記置換基としては、環Ｗ１が有していてもよい置換基と同じものが挙げられる。 The rings W 2 to W 13 are usually independent rings having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably having a 5- to 7-membered ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered ring structure.
It is preferable that the rings W 2 to W 13 are independently and monocyclic. Further, it is preferable that the rings W 2 to W 13 are independent rings having no aromaticity.
Rings W 2 to W 13 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent group, ring W 1 is the same as the like as the substituent which may have.
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３が有していてもよい置換基としては、それぞれ独立して、炭素数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素数１～１２のアルキルチオ基又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいアミノ基であることが好ましい。 The substituents that the rings W 2 to W 13 may have are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably an amino group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
　環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１３の具体例としては、環Ｗ１の具体例と同じものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of rings W 2 to W 13 include the same specific examples of rings W 1.
　環Ｗ１１１は、環の構成要素として窒素原子を２つ含む複素環である。環Ｗ１１１は、単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよいが、単環であることが好ましい。
　環Ｗ１１１は、通常５～１０員環であり、５～７員環であることが好ましく、５員環又は６員環であることがより好ましい。
　環Ｗ１１１は、置換基を有していてもよい。環Ｗ１１１が有していてもよい置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基；チオール基；アルデヒド基；メチル基、エチル基等の炭素数１～６のアルキル基；メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の炭素数１～６のアルコキシ基；メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の炭素数１～６のアルキルチオ基；アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、メチルエチル等の炭素数１～６のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいアミノ基；－ＣＯＮＲ１ｆＲ２ｆ（Ｒ１ｆ及びＲ２ｆはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキルを表す。）；－ＣＯＳＲ３ｆ（Ｒ３ｆは炭素数１～６のアルキルを表す。）；－ＣＳＳＲ４ｆ（Ｒ４ｆは炭素数１～６のアルキルを表す。）；－ＣＳＯＲ５ｆ（Ｒ５ｆは炭素数１～６のアルキルを表す。）；－ＳＯ２Ｒ６ｆ（Ｒ６ｆは炭素数６～１２のアリール基又はフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～６のアルキルを表す）等が挙げられる。 Ring W 111 is a heterocycle containing two nitrogen atoms as a component of the ring. The ring W 111 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring.
The ring W 111 is usually a 5- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
Ring W 111 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the ring W 111 may have include a hydroxy group; a thiol group; an aldehyde group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group and an ethyl group; and a carbon number 1 such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. Alkyl group of ~ 6; Alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methylthio group and ethylthio group; Alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group and methylethyl are substituted. May amino group; -CONR 1f R 2f (R 1f and R 2f each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms); -COSR 3f (R 3f is an alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). the expressed); -. CSSR 4f (R 4f represents an alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms); -. CSOR 5f (R 5f represents an alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms); -. SO 2 R 6f (R 6f represents an alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom) and the like.
　環Ｗ１１１は、例えば下記に記載の環等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
Examples of the ring W 111 include the rings described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要素として窒素原子を１つ含む複素環である。環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよいが、単環であることが好ましい。
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、通常５～１０員環であり、５～７員環であることが好ましく、５員環又は６員環であることがより好ましい。
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい。環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４が有していてもよい置換基としては、環Ｗ１の置換基と同じものが挙げられる。 Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 are each independently a heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom as a component of the ring. The ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 may be independently a single ring or a condensed ring, but are preferably a single ring.
The ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 are each independently, usually a 5- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. preferable.
Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 may each independently have a substituent. Ring W 112, As the ring W 113 and the substituent which may have ring W 114 is, include those similar to the substituents of the ring W 1.
　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、例えば下記に記載の環等が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
Examples of the ring W 112 , the ring W 113, and the ring W 114 include the rings described below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５で表される電子求引性基としては、それぞれ独立して、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アリール基、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、－ＳＯ２ＣＦ３、－ＳＯ２ＣＨＦ２、－ＳＯ２ＣＨ２Ｆ、式（Ｘ－１）で表される基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
［式（Ｘ－１）中、Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
　Ｘ１は、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳＳ－、－ＣＯＳ－、－ＣＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＮＲ２２３ＣＯ－又は－ＣＯＮＲ２２４－を表す。
　Ｒ２２３及びＲ２２４は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数１～６のアルキル基又はフェニル基を表す。
　＊は結合手を表す。］ R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75. , R 85 and R 125 are independently examples of, for example, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, an alkyl halide group, an aryl halide group, and -OCF 3. Table with -SCF 3, -SF 5, -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, -SO 2 CF 3, -SO 2 CHF 2, -SO 2 CH 2 F, wherein (X-1) The groups to be used are mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
[In the formula (X-1), R222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a group hydrocarbon group.
X 1 is, -CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS -, - CSS -, - COS -, - CSO -, - SO 2 -, - NR 223 CO- or -CONR 224 - represents a.
R223 and R224 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
* Represents a bond. ]
　ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
　ハロゲン化アルキル基としては、例えば、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロイソプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ペルフルオロｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基及びペルフルオロヘキシル基等のフルオロアルキル基等が挙げられ、ペルフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。ハロゲン化アルキル基の炭素数としては、通常１～２５であり、好ましくは炭素数１～１２である。ハロゲン化アルキル基は、直鎖であってもよいし、分岐鎖であってもよい。
　ハロゲン化アリール基としては、フルオロフェニル基、クロロフェニル基、ブロモフェニル基等が挙げられフルオロアリール基であることが好ましく、ペルフルオロアリール基であることがより好ましい。ハロゲン化アリール基の炭素数としては、通常６～１８であり、好ましくは炭素数６～１２である。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
Examples of the alkyl halide group include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluoroisopropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluorosec-butyl group, a perfluorotert-butyl group, a perfluoropentyl group and a perfluorohexyl group. Fluoroalkyl group and the like, and a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable. The alkyl halide group usually has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The alkyl halide group may be a straight chain or a branched chain.
Examples of the aryl halide group include a fluorophenyl group, a chlorophenyl group, a bromophenyl group and the like, and a fluoroaryl group is preferable, and a perfluoroaryl group is more preferable. The aryl halide group usually has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
　Ｘ１は、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ２２２で表される炭素数１～２５のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、１－メチルブチル基、３－メチルブチル基、ｎ－オクチル基、ｎ－デシル、２－へキシル－オクチル基等の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の炭素数１～２５のアルキル基が挙げられる。Ｒ２２２は、炭素数１～１２のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ２２２で表される炭素数１～２５のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ２２２で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、ビフェニル基等の炭素数６～１８のアリール基；ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、ナフチルメチル基等の炭素数７～１８のアラルキル基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ２２２で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ２２３及びＲ２２４で表される炭素数１～６のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、１－メチルブチル基等の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の炭素数１～６のアルキル基が挙げられる。 X 1 is preferably -COO- or -SO 2-.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 222, methyl, ethyl, n- propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- butyl group, tert- butyl group, sec- butyl group, n- pentyl group , N-Hexyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl, 2-hexyl-octyl group and other linear or branched alkyl groups with 1 to 25 carbon atoms. Can be mentioned. R222 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group have having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 222, halogen atom, hydroxy group, and the like.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 222, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a biphenyl group; a benzyl group, phenylethyl group, naphthyl Examples thereof include an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms such as a methyl group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group substituent which may be possessed by the R 222 C 6 -C represented by 18, a halogen atom, hydroxy group, and the like.
Alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R223 and R224 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group and n. Examples thereof include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a pentyl group, an n-hexyl group and a 1-methylbutyl group.
　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５で表される電子求引性基としては、それぞれ独立して、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基（好ましくは、炭素数１～２５のフルオロアルキル基）、フルオロアリール基（好ましくは、炭素数６～１８のフルオロアリール基）、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることが好ましく、ニトロ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることがより好ましく、シアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることがさらに好ましい。 R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75. , R 85 and R 125 are independent of the nitro group, cyano group, halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl. Group (preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms), fluoroaryl group (preferably a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R). 222 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is preferable that a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 is a hydrogen atom, It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent), more preferably cyano. Group, -CO-OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, even if it has an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms).
　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５で表される重合性基を含む基としては、上記式（Ｉ－２）で表される基等が挙げられる。 R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75. Examples of the group containing a polymerizable group represented by R 85 and R 125 include a group represented by the above formula (I-2).
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環は、単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよいが、単環であることが好ましい。また、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環は、環の構成要素としてヘテロ原子（窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子）等を含んでいてもよい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環は、通常３～１０員環であり、５～７員環であることが好ましく、５員環又は６員環であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環としては、例えば、下記に記載の構造が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
［式中、＊は、炭素原子との結合手を表す。Ｒ１Ｅ～Ｒ１６Ｅは水素原子又は置換基を表す。］ R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring. Further, the ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may contain a hetero atom (nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom) or the like as a component of the ring.
Ring R 4 and R 5 is formed by bonding, is usually 3 to 10 membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other include the structures described below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
[In the formula, * represents a bond with a carbon atom. R 1E to R 16E represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. ]
　Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基（上記式中のＲ１Ｅ～Ｒ１６Ｅ）を有していてもよい。前記置換基は、例えば、環Ｗ１が有していてもよい置換基と同じものが挙げられる。前記Ｒ１Ｅ～Ｒ１６Ｅは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは炭素数１～１２のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数１～６のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくはメチル基である。 The ring formed by bonding R 4 and R 5 to each other may have a substituent (R 1E to R 16E in the above formula). The substituents are, for example, ring W 1 is the same as the like as the substituent which may have. Each of the R 1E to R 16E is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably a methyl group.
　Ｒ１４及びＲ１５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ２４及びＲ２５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ３４及びＲ３５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ７４及びＲ７５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ８４及びＲ８５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。 Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 14 and R 15 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 24 and R 25 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 34 and R 35 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 74 and R 75 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 84 and R 85 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 124 and R 125 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 4 and R 5 to each other.
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される複素環基としては、Ｒ３で表される複素環基と同じものが挙げられ、ピロリジル基、ピぺリジル基、テトラヒドロフルフリル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロチオフェノ基、テトラヒドロチオピラニル基、ピリジル基であることが好ましい。 R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , R 112. Table with R 13, R 23, R 33 , R 43, R 53, R 63, R 73, R 83, R 93, R 103, examples of the heterocyclic group represented by R 113 and R 123, R 3 The same as the heterocyclic group to be used is mentioned, and a pyrrolidill group, a piperidyl group, a tetrahydrofurfuryl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrothiopheno group, a tetrahydrothiopyranyl group and a pyridyl group are preferable.
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、Ｒ３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基と同じものが挙げられる。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基は、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１２のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , R 112. , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 , aliphatic hydrocarbons having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. the groups include the same as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 3.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される脂肪族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、－ＳＯ３Ｈ等が挙げられる。 R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , R 112 , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123. as also substituent, a halogen atom, hydroxy group, nitro group, cyano group, -SO 3 H and the like.
　また、Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－ＮＲ１２Ａ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＲ１３Ａ－、－ＮＲ１４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＦ２－又は－ＣＨＦ－に置換されていてもよい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が置換される場合、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－又は－ＳＯ２－で置換されることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｏ－で置換される場合、－Ｏ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基）で表されるアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。また、ポリエチレンオキシ基やポリプロピレンオキシ基等のポリアルキレンオキシ基であってもよい。－Ｏ－Ｒ’で表されるアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、－ＯＣＦ３基、ポリエチレンオキシ基、ポリプロピレンオキシ基等が挙げられる。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｓ－で置換される場合、－Ｓ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基）で表されるアルキルチオ基であることが好ましい。また、ポリエチレンチオ基やポリプロピレンチオ基等のポリアルキレンチオ基であってもよい。－Ｓ－Ｒ’で表されるアルキルチオ基としては、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、－ＳＣＦ３基、ポリエチレンチオ基、ポリプロピレンチオ基等が挙げられる。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＣＯＯ－で置換される場合、－ＣＯＯ－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基）で表される基であることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＳＯ２－で置換される場合、－ＳＯ２－Ｒ’（Ｒ’はハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基）で表される基であることが好ましく、－ＳＯ２ＣＨＦ２基、－ＳＯ２ＣＨ２Ｆ基等であってもよい。 In addition, R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , Aliphatic compounds with 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 112 , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123. -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONR 13A. -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted, -O-, -S-, -CO-O- or -SO 2- It is preferable to be replaced.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, -OR'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably an alkoxy group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Further, it may be a polyalkyleneoxy group such as a polyethyleneoxy group or a polypropyleneoxy group. Examples of the alkoxy group represented by -OR' include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, three -OCF groups, a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group and the like.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms is substituted with -S-, -SR'(R'has a halogen atom. It is preferably an alkylthio group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Further, it may be a polyalkylene thio group such as a polyethylene thio group or a polypropylene thio group. Examples of the alkylthio group represented by —SR ′ include methylthio group, ethylthio group, −SCF 3 group, polyethylene thio group, polypropylene thio group and the like.
-CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - if and / or -CH = is replaced by -COO-, -COO-R '(R ' is substituted by a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
-CH 2 contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the carbon number of 1 to 25 - and / or -CH = is -SO 2 - when substituted by, -SO 2 -R '(R' is have a halogen atom It is preferably a group represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, which may be used, and may be an -SO 2 CHF 2 group, an -SO 2 CH 2 F group, or the like.
　Ｒ１２Ａ、Ｒ１３Ａ及びＲ１４Ａで表される炭素数１～６のアルキル基をとしては、Ｒ１Ａで表される炭素数１～６のアルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 12A, R 13A and R 14A include the same alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1A.
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基としては、Ｒ３で表される炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基と同じものが挙げられ、炭素数６～１８のアリール基であることが好ましく、フェニル基又はベンジル基であることがより好ましい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子；ヒドロキシ基；チオール基；アミノ基；ニトロ基；シアノ基；－ＳＯ３Ｈ基等が挙げられる。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－ＮＲ１２Ａ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＲ１３Ａ－、－ＮＲ１４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＦ２－又は－ＣＨＦ－に置換されていてもよい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が置換される場合、－Ｏ－又は－ＳＯ２－で置換されることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－Ｏ－で置換される場合、フェノキシ基等の炭素数６～２６のアリールオキシ基；フェノキシエチル基、フェノキシジエチレングリコール基、フェノキシポリアルキレングリコール基のアリールアルコキシ基等であることが好ましい。
　前記炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び／又は－ＣＨ＝が－ＳＯ２－で置換される場合、当該芳香族炭化水素基は、－ＳＯ２－Ｒ”（Ｒ”は炭素数６～１７のアリール基又は炭素数７～１７のアラルキル基を表す。）で表される基であることが好ましい。 R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , R 112. , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 , aromatic hydrocarbons with 6 to 18 carbon atoms. it the group, the same ones listed as the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 3, is an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms and preferably, phenyl or benzyl Is more preferable.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group may substituent of the 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a halogen atom; include such -SO 3 H group; hydroxy group; a thiol group; an amino group; a nitro group; a cyano group Be done.
-CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, and -COO, respectively. -, - OCO -, - CONR 13A -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted, it is preferably substituted with -O- or -SO 2-.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -O-, an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group; phenoxy. It is preferably an ethyl group, a phenoxydiethylene glycol group, an arylalkoxy group of a phenoxypolyalkylene glycol group, or the like.
When -CH 2- and / or -CH = contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with -SO 2- , the aromatic hydrocarbon group is "-SO 2- R". (R "represents an aryl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 17 carbon atoms.) It is preferable that the group is represented by.
　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２ 、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３で表される重合性基を含む基としては、上記式（Ｉ－２）で表される基等が挙げられる。 R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 , R 112. , R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123. Examples thereof include groups represented by the formula (I-2).
　Ｒ２及びＲ３は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ１を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とで縮合環を形成する。Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環としては、具体的には、以下に記載の環構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. As a component of the ring formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 , a double bond constituting the ring W 1 is included. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 and the ring W 1 . Specific examples of the fused ring formed by the ring formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 and the ring W 1 include the ring structure described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
　Ｒ１２及びＲ１３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１２及びＲ１３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ２を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ１２及びＲ１３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ２とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ４２及びＲ４３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ４２及びＲ４３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ５を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ４２及びＲ４３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ５とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ５２及びＲ５３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ５２及びＲ５３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ６を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ５２及びＲ５３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ６とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ６２及びＲ６３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ６２及びＲ６３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ７を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ６２及びＲ６３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ７とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ７２及びＲ７３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ７２及びＲ７３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ８を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ７２及びＲ７３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ８とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ８２及びＲ８３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ８２及びＲ８３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ９を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ８２及びＲ８３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ９とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ９２及びＲ９３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ９２及びＲ９３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ１２を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ９２及びＲ９３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ１２とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ１０を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ１０とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３は互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３が連結して形成される環の構成要素として、環Ｗ１１を構成する二重結合を含む。つまり、Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３が互いに結合して形成する環と環Ｗ１１とで縮合環を形成する。具体的には、Ｒ２及びＲ３が連結して形成される環と環Ｗ１とが形成する縮合環と同じものが挙げられる。 The ring formed by connecting R 12 and R 13 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 2 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 12 and R 13. That is, a fused ring is formed by a ring formed by combining R 12 and R 13 with each other and a ring W 2. Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 42 and R 43 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 5 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 42 and R 43. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 42 and R 43 with each other and the ring W 5 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 52 and R 53 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 6 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 52 and R 53. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 52 and R 53 with each other and the ring W 6 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 62 and R 63 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 7 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 62 and R 63. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 62 and R 63 with each other and the ring W 7 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 72 and R 73 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 8 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 72 and R 73. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 72 and R 73 with each other and the ring W 8 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 82 and R 83 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 9 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 82 and R 83. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 82 and R 83 with each other and the ring W 9 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 92 and R 93 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 12 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 92 and R 93. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 92 and R 93 with each other and the ring W 12 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 102 and R 103 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 10 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 102 and R 103. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 102 and R 103 with each other and the ring W 10 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
The ring formed by connecting R 112 and R 113 to each other includes a double bond forming ring W 11 as a component of the ring formed by connecting R 112 and R 113. That is, a fused ring is formed by the ring formed by combining R 112 and R 113 with each other and the ring W 11 . Specifically, the same ring as the fused ring formed by the ring W 1 formed by connecting R 2 and R 3 can be mentioned.
　Ｒ１及びＲ２は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は、環の構成要素として窒素原子を１つ含む複素環である。Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は、単環であってもよいし、縮合環であってもよいが、単環であることが好ましい。Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は、環の構成要素としてさらにヘテロ原子（酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等）を含んでいてもよい。Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は、芳香族性を有さない複素環（脂肪族複素環）であることが好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は、通常３～１０員環であり、５～７員環であることが好ましく、５員環又は６員環であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、環Ｗ２～環Ｗ１２が有していてもよい置換基と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環としては、例えば、下記に記載の環が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is a heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom as a component of the ring. The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but is preferably a monocyclic ring. The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may further contain a hetero atom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) as a component of the ring. The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is preferably a heterocycle having no aromaticity (aliphatic heterocycle), and is an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Is more preferable.
The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is usually a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
The ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other may have a substituent, and examples thereof include the same substituents that the rings W 2 to W 12 may have.
Examples of the ring formed by combining R 1 and R 2 with each other include the rings described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
　Ｒ４１及びＲ４２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ５１及びＲ５２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ６１及びＲ６２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ９１及びＲ９２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１０１及びＲ１０２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒ１１１及びＲ１１２が互いに結合して形成する環は、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して形成する環と同じものが挙げられる。 Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 41 and R 42 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 51 and R 52 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 61 and R 62 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 91 and R 92 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 101 and R 102 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 111 and R 112 to each other include the same ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other.
　Ｒ６、Ｒ７、Ｒ８及びＲ１２６で表される２価の連結基としては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の２価の芳香族炭化水素基等が挙げられる。前記２価の脂肪族炭化水素基及び２価の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ｂ－（Ｒ１Ｂは水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。）、－ＣＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＳＯ－、－ＰＯ３－で置換されていてもよい。
　また、前記２価の脂肪族炭化水素基及び２価の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。 As the divalent linking group represented by R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 126 , a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is used. Examples thereof include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be possessed. -CH 2- contained in the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -NR 1B- (R 1B is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 1 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group of 6), -CO-, -SO 2- , -SO-, -PO 3- may be substituted.
Examples of the substituent that the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like.
　Ｒ６、Ｒ７、Ｒ８及びＲ１２６で表される２価の連結基は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１２の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 The divalent linking groups represented by R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 126 are each independently divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is more preferable that it is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
　Ｒ６、Ｒ７、Ｒ８及びＲ１２６で表される２価の連結基の具体例としては、以下に記載の連結基が挙げられる。式中、＊は結合手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
Specific examples of the divalent linking groups represented by R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 126 include the linking groups described below. In the formula, * represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
　Ｒ６、Ｒ７及びＲ１２６は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は下記式で表される連結基であることが好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１２の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は下記式で表される連結基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
R 6 , R 7 and R 126 are each independently a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula. Is preferable, and a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
　Ｒ８は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の２価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は下記式で表される連結基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
R 8 is preferably a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a linking group represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
　Ｒ９及びＲ１０で表される３価の連結基としては、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の３価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の３価の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。前記３価の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＮＲ１１Ｂ（Ｒ１１Ｂは水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。）－で置き換わっていてもよい。
　前記３価の脂肪族炭化水素基及び前記３価の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ９及びＲ１０で表される３価の連結基は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１２の３価の脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ９及びＲ１０で表される３価の連結基の具体例としては、以下に記載の連結基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
As the trivalent linking group represented by R 9 and R 10 , each independently has a trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituent which may have a substituent. Examples thereof include trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be used. -CH 2- contained in the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CS-, -CO-, -SO- , -NR 11B (R 11B is a hydrogen atom or the number of carbon atoms). It represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6)-may be replaced by.
Examples of the substituent that the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like.
The trivalent linking group represented by R 9 and R 10 is preferably a trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may independently have a substituent.
Specific examples of the trivalent linking group represented by R 9 and R 10 include the linking groups described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
　Ｒ１１で表される４価の連結基としては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１８の４価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の４価の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。前記４価の脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＮＲ１１Ｃ－（Ｒ１１Ｃは水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。）で置き換わっていてもよい。
　前記４価の脂肪族炭化水素基及び前記４価の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられる。
　Ｒ１１で表される４価の連結基は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～１２の４価の脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ１１で表される４価の連結基の具体例としては、以下に記載の連結基が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
The tetravalent linking group represented by R 11, the number tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an optionally substituted carbon of having 1 carbon atoms which may 18 have a substituent 6 Examples include to 18 tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups. -CH 2- contained in the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is -O-, -S-, -CS-, -CO-, -SO- , -NR 11C- (R 11C is a hydrogen atom or carbon. It may be replaced with (representing an alkyl group of the number 1 to 6).
Examples of the substituent that the tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like.
The tetravalent linking group represented by R11 is preferably a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may independently have a substituent.
Specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by R 11 include the linking groups described below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
　式（Ｉ）で表される化合物において、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 form a ring (for example, when R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring), the formed ring is formed. If has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 contains a polymerizable group.
　式（ＩＩ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (II), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 form a ring (for example, R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring). If the formed ring has a polymerizable group, at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 contains a polymerizable group. Consider it as.
　式（ＩＩＩ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (III), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 form a ring (for example, when R 4 and R 5 combine with each other to form a ring), the ring is formed. If the resulting ring has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 contains a polymerizable group.
　式（ＩＶ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していればＲ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (IV), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 form a ring (for example, when R 34 and R 35 combine with each other to form a ring), the ring is formed. If the resulting ring has a polymerizable group, it is considered that at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 contains a polymerizable group.
　式（Ｖ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (V), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 form a ring (for example, R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring). If the formed ring has a polymerizable group, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 contains a polymerizable group. Consider it as.
　式（ＶＩ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (VI), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 is used. It is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 form a ring (for example, R). (When 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring), if the formed ring has a polymerizable group, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , At least one of R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 is considered to contain a polymerizable group.
　式（ＶＩＩ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by formula (VII), at least one of R 2, R 4, R 5 , R 72, R 73, R 74, R 75, R 82, R 83, R 84 and R 85 is It is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 form a ring (for example, R). (When 4 and R 5 are bonded to each other to form a ring), if the formed ring has a polymerizable group, R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , At least one of R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 is considered to contain a polymerizable group.
　式（ＶＩＩＩ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）は、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (VIII), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112. , R 113 and R 114 are groups containing a polymerizable group. 2 selected from R 1 , R 2, R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114. When one group forms a ring (for example, when R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring), if the formed ring has a polymerizable group, R 1 , R 2 , At least one of R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 is considered to contain a polymerizable group. ..
　式（ＩＸ）で表される化合物においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基である。なお、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５から選ばれる２つの基が環を形成した場合（例えば、Ｒ４及びＲ５が互いに結合して環を形成する場合）、形成された環が重合性基を有していれば、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含むとみなす。 In the compound represented by the formula (IX), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 is a group containing a polymerizable group. When two groups selected from R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 form a ring (for example, when R 4 and R 5 combine with each other to form a ring), they are formed. If the ring has a polymerizable group, at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 124 and R 125 is considered to contain a polymerizable group.
　Ｒ１は、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ２は、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ１とＲ２とは互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、ピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが特に好ましい。
　Ｒ３は、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基（好ましくは、炭素数１～２５のフルオロアルキル基）、フルオロアリール基（好ましくは、炭素数６～１８のフルオロアリール基）、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａはそれぞれ独立して炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることが好ましく、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることがより好ましく、シアノ基、フッ素原子であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはシアノ基である。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、それぞれ独立して、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、フルオロアリール基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることが好ましく、ニトロ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることがより好ましく、シアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることがさらに好ましく、シアノ基であることが特に好ましい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５のうちの少なくとも一方がシアノ基であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ４がシアノ基であり、かつ、Ｒ５がシアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）であることが好ましい。 R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 1 and R 2 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond, and pyrrolidine. It is particularly preferred to have a ring or piperidine ring structure.
R 3 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3, -SCF 3, -SF 5, -SF 3, a fluoroalkyl group (preferably, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms), fluoroaryl group (Preferably, a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), -CO-OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. ), Preferably, cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A). , Each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom), more preferably a cyano group and a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably cyano. It is a group.
R 4 and R 5 are independently nitro group, cyano group, halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO-O-, respectively. R 222 or -SO 2 -R 222 (R 222 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted group which has ~ 1 carbon atoms which may 25 have an alkyl group or a substituent of an optionally substituted 6 to 18 carbon atoms also have It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group), preferably a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2. -R 222 (R 222 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. (Represented) is more preferable, and it is more preferably a cyano group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent and has 1 to 25 carbon atoms. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group or a substituent.), And a cyano group is particularly preferable.
It is preferable that at least one of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group.
R 4 is a cyano group, and R 5 is a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent and has 1 carbon number. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group of to 25 or a substituent).
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、同じ構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、ともにシアノ基であることが好ましい。 R 4 and R 5 preferably have the same structure.
It is preferable that both R 4 and R 5 are cyano groups.
　Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１及びＲ１１１は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１１２は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数１～１５のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ４１とＲ４２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ５１とＲ５２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ６１とＲ６２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ９１とＲ９２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ１０１とＲ１０２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。
　Ｒ１１１とＲ１１２とは、互いに連結して環を形成することが好ましく、脂肪族複素環を形成することがより好ましく、不飽和結合を有さない脂肪族複素環であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくはピロリジン環またはピペリジン環構造を有することが好ましい。 R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 and R 111 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferred.
R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 and R 112 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 carbon atom. More preferably, it is an alkyl group of ~ 10.
R 41 and R 42 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
R 51 and R 52 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
It is preferable that R 61 and R 62 are connected to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle is formed, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
R 91 and R 92 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
R 101 and R 102 are preferably linked to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
It is preferable that R 111 and R 112 are connected to each other to form a ring, more preferably an aliphatic heterocycle, and further preferably an aliphatic heterocycle having no unsaturated bond. Particularly preferably, it has a pyrrolidine ring or a piperidine ring structure.
　Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３は、それぞれ独立して、ニトロ基；シアノ基；ハロゲン原子；－ＯＣＦ３；－ＳＣＦ３；－ＳＦ５；－ＳＦ３；炭素数１～２５のフルオロアルキル基；炭素数６～１８のフルオロアリール基；－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることが好ましく、シアノ基；フッ素原子；塩素原子；－ＯＣＦ３；－ＳＣＦ３；炭素数１～１２のフルオロアルキル基；－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）であることがより好ましく、シアノ基であることが特に好ましい。 R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently nitro groups; cyano groups; halogen atoms. ; -OCF 3; -SCF 3; -SF 5; -SF 3; -CO-O-R 111A or -SO 2 -R; fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms; fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms It is preferably 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom), preferably a cyano group; a fluorine atom; a chlorine atom; -OCF 3 ; -SCF 3 ; fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each have a halogen atom independently. It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may be used), and a cyano group is particularly preferable.
　Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ１５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５は、それぞれ独立して、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２、－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２、フルオロアルキル基（好ましくは、炭素数１～２５のフルオロアルキル基）又はフルオロアリール基（好ましくは、炭素数６～１８のフルオロアリール基）であることが好ましく、ニトロ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基を表す。）ことがより好ましく、シアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基を表す。）であることがさらに好ましく、シアノ基であることが特に好ましい。 R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 15 , R 35 , R 75 , R 85 and R 125. Are independently nitro groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -CO-O-R 222 , -SO 2- R 222 , fluoroalkyl groups. (Preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms) or a fluoroaryl group (preferably a fluoroaryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. ) Is more preferable, and a cyano group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom). Is more preferable, and a cyano group is particularly preferable.
　Ｒ１４とＲ１５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ２４とＲ２５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ３４とＲ３５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ７４とＲ７５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ８４とＲ８５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。
　Ｒ１２４とＲ１２５とは同じ構造であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that R 14 and R 15 have the same structure.
It is preferable that R 24 and R 25 have the same structure.
It is preferable that R 34 and R 35 have the same structure.
It is preferable that R 74 and R 75 have the same structure.
It is preferable that R 84 and R 85 have the same structure.
It is preferable that R 124 and R 125 have the same structure.
　Ｒ１及びＲ２からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、重合性基を含む基であることが好ましく、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して環を形成し、かつ、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結した環が重合性基を有することがより好ましい。 At least one selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 2 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group, R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other to form a ring, and R 1 and R 2 are It is more preferable that the rings connected to each other have a polymerizable group.
　化合物（Ｉ）は、式（Ｉ－１Ａ）で表される化合物、式（Ｉ－２Ａ）で表される化合物又は式（Ｉ－３Ａ）で表される化合物の何れかであることがより好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
［式中、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ３、Ｒ４、Ｒ５は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒｘ１、Ｒｘ２、Ｒｘ３、Ｒｘ４、Ｒｘ５、Ｒｘ６、Ｒｘ７及びＲｘ８は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
　ｍ１は０～４の整数を表し、ｍ２は０～５の整数を表す。
　式（Ｉ－１Ａ）のうち、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ３、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒｘ１及びＲｘ２のうち少なくとも１つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（Ｉ－２Ａ）のうち、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒｘ３、Ｒｘ４及びＲｘ５のうち少なくとも１つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
　式（Ｉ－３Ａ）のうち、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒｘ６、Ｒｘ７及びＲｘ８のうち少なくとも１つは重合性基を含む基を表す。］ The compound (I) is more preferably any of a compound represented by the formula (I-1A), a compound represented by the formula (I-2A), or a compound represented by the formula (I-3A). ..

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
[In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 have the same meanings as above.
Rx 1 , Rx 2 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 , Rx 5 , Rx 6 , Rx 7 and Rx 8 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents.
m1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m2 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
Of the formula (I-1A), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Rx 1 and Rx 2 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
Of the formula (I-2A), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 and Rx 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
Of formula (I-3A), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , Rx 6 , Rx 7 and Rx 8 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
　Ｒｘ１～Ｒｘ８で表される置換基としては、環Ｗ１が有していてもよい置換基と同じものが挙げられる。
　Ｒｘ１、Ｒｘ２、Ｒｘ３、Ｒｘ４、Ｒｘ６、Ｒｘ７は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数１～１２のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
　ｍ１が２以上の整数を表す場合、複数のＲｘ５は同一の基であってもよいし異なる基であってもよい。また、ｍ２が２以上の整数を表す場合、複数のＲｘ８は同一の基であってもよいし異なる基であってもよい。
　Ｒｘ５及びＲｘ８は、それぞれ独立して、重合性基を含む基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the substituent represented by Rx 1 to Rx 8 include the same substituents that the ring W 1 may have.
It is preferable that Rx 1 , Rx 2 , Rx 3 , Rx 4 , Rx 6 , and Rx 7 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
When m1 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R x5s may be the same group or different groups. Further, when m2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R x8s may be the same group or different groups.
It is preferable that Rx 5 and Rx 8 are independent groups containing a polymerizable group.
　式（Ｉ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｉ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記式中、Ｍｅはメチル基を表し、Ｅｔはエチル基を表す。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (I)) include the compounds described below. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
　式（ＩＩ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＩＩ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (II)) include the compounds described below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000042
　式（ＩＩＩ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＩＩＩ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (III) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (III)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
　式（ＩＶ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＩＶ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (IV) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (IV)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
　式（Ｖ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｖ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。なお、Ｍｅはメチル基を表す。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (V) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (V)) include the compounds described below. Me represents a methyl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000046

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000049
　式（ＶＩ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＶＩ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000050
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (VI) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VI)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000051

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000052

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000054
　式（ＶＩＩ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＶＩＩ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000055
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (VII) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VII)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000061
　式（ＶＩＩＩ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＶＩＩＩ）という場合がある。）としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000062
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (VIII) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VIII)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
　式（ＩＸ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（ＩＸ）という場合がある。）としては、例えば、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000067
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (IX) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (IX)) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000067
　＜化合物（Ｉ）の製造方法＞
　化合物（Ｉ）の製造方法について説明する。例えば、Ｒ１が（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物（Ｉ）（以下、化合物（Ｉ－１Ｂ）という場合がある。））は、式（Ｍ－Ａ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）という場合がある。）と式（Ｍ－Ｂ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）という場合がある。）とを反応させることにより得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
［式中、環Ｗ１及びＲ３は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５は、重合性基を含む基を表す場合を除くこと以外は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　ＲＥ１は２価の連結基を表し、ＲＥ２は（メタ）アクリロイル基を表し、Ｘはハロゲン原子を表す。］ <Method for producing compound (I)>
The method for producing the compound (I) will be described. For example, compound (I) in which R 1 has a (meth) acryloyloxy group (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (I-1B))) is a compound represented by the formula (MA) (hereinafter, compound). It can be obtained by reacting (sometimes referred to as (MA)) with a compound represented by the formula (MB) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as compound (MB)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
[In the equation, rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as above.
R 2, R 4 and R 5, except that except when representing a group containing a polymerizable group represent the same meaning as the above.
R E1 represents a divalent linking group, R E2 represents a (meth) acryloyl group, X represents a halogen atom. ]
　また、Ｒ１とＲ２とが互いに連結して環を形成し、かつＲ１及びＲ２が互いに連結した環が（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物（Ｉ）（以下、化合物（Ｉ－１Ｃ）という場合がある。）は、式（Ｍ－Ａ１）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）という場合がある）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）とを反応させることにより得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069
［式中、環Ｗ１及びＲ３は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、重合性基を含む基を表す場合を除くこと以外は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　ＲＥ２は（メタ）アクリロイル基を表し、ＲＥ３は単結合又は２価の連結基を表し、Ｘはハロゲン原子を表す。
　環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として窒素原子を含む複素環を表す。） Further, R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and a compound having the ring to which R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other a (meth) acryloyloxy group (I) (hereinafter, Compound (I-1C ) Can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula (MA1) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MA1)) with a compound (MB). can.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069
[In the equation, rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as above.
R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group.
R E2 represents a (meth) acryloyl group, R E3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, X represents a halogen atom.
Ring W 1 represents a heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom as a component of the ring. )
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応は、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）とを混合することにより実施される。化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との混合は、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）に化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）を添加することが好ましい。 The reaction between compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is to mix compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB). Is carried out by. Mixing of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) with compound (MB) can be done by adding compound (MB) to compound (MA) or compound (MA1). preferable.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応は、塩基存在下で行うことが好ましい。
　塩基としては、アンモニア、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、エタノールアミン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、ジアザビシクロウンデセン、ジアザビシクロノネン、グアニジン、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム、水酸化テトラエチルアンモニウム、ピリジン、アニリン、ジメトキシアニリン、酢酸アンモニウム、β-アラニン等のアミン化合物（好ましくはトリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン等の３級アミン）、水酸化カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、ナトリウムターシャリーブトキシド、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド、水素化ナトリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等が挙げられる。
　塩基の使用量としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。 The reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
Bases include ammonia, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, ethanolamine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, diazabicycloundecene, diazabicyclononen, guanidine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, pyridine, aniline, dimethoxyaniline, acetic acid. Amine compounds such as ammonium and β-alanine (preferably tertiary amines such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine), potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium tertiary butoxide, potassium tertiary butoxide, sodium hydride, carbonic acid. Examples include sodium and potassium carbonate.
The amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and preferably 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MA).
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応は、溶剤存在下で行われることが好ましい。前記溶媒としては、クロロホルム、アセトニトリル、ベンゼン、トルエン、アセトン、酢酸エチル、ジクロロメタンジクロロエタン、モノクロロベンゼン、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、ｔｅｒｔ－ブタノール、２-ブタノン、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジメチルスルホキシド、Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルアセトアミド、Ｎ，Ｎ-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン、水、ｎ－ヘキサン、ｎ－ヘプタン等が挙げられる。 The reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB) is preferably carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include chloroform, acetonitrile, benzene, toluene, acetone, ethyl acetate, dichloromethane dichloroethane, monochlorobenzene, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, 2-butanone, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-. Examples thereof include dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dibutylhydroxytoluene, water, n-hexane, n-heptane and the like.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応時間は、通常０．１～１００時間であり、好ましくは１～３０時間である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応温度は、通常－８０～＋１５０℃であり、好ましくは－３０～１３０℃である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）の使用量は、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。 The reaction time of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours, preferably 1 to 30 hours.
The reaction temperature of compound (MA) or compound (MA1) and compound (MB) is usually −80 to + 150 ° C., preferably −30 to 130 ° C.
The amount of the compound (MB) used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1). preferable.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）としては、アクリル酸クロリド等が挙げられ、市場から入手することができる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）としては、例えば、以下に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）としては、例えば、以下に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000071
Examples of the compound (MB) include acrylic acid chloride and the like, which can be obtained from the market.
Examples of the compound (MA) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
Examples of the compound (MA1) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000071
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）は、式（Ｍ－Ｃ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）という場合がある。）と式（Ｍ－Ｄ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）という場合がある。）とを反応させることより得ることができる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と式（Ｍ－Ｅ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）という場合がある。）とを反応させることにより得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000072
［式中、ＲＥ１、ＲＥ３、Ｒ３、及び環Ｗ１は、上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５は、重合性基を含む基を表す場合を除くこと以外は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　環Ｗ１Ａは、環構造を表す。］ The compound (MA) is a compound represented by the formula (MC) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MC)) and a compound represented by the formula (MD) (hereinafter, a compound). It may be obtained by reacting with (MD).
Compound (MA1) can be obtained by reacting compound (MC) with a compound represented by the formula (ME) (hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (ME)). can.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000072
[In the formula, R E1 , R E3 , R 3 and ring W 1 have the same meanings as described above.
R 2, R 4 and R 5, except that except when representing a group containing a polymerizable group represent the same meaning as the above.
Ring W 1A represents a ring structure. ]
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応は、通常、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）とを混合することにより実施され、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）に化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）を加えることが好ましい。
　また、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応は、塩基及びメチル化剤の存在下で、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応とを混合することにより実施されることが好ましい。化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）、塩基及びメチル化剤を混合することがより好ましく、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）とメチル化剤と塩基との混合物に化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）を混合することがさらに好ましい。 The reaction between the compound (MC) and the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) is usually carried out by combining the compound (MC) with the compound (MD) or the compound (ME). It is carried out by mixing, and it is preferable to add compound (MD) or compound (ME) to compound (MC).
Further, the reaction between the compound (MC) and the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) is carried out between the compound (MC) and the compound (MC) in the presence of a base and a methylating agent. It is preferably carried out by mixing D) or a reaction with compound (ME). It is more preferable to mix compound (MC) with compound (MD) or compound (ME), a base and a methylating agent, and a mixture of compound (MC), a methylating agent and a base. It is more preferable to mix the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) with the compound (MD).
　塩基としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応に用いられる塩基と同じものが挙げられる。
　塩基の使用量としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。 Examples of the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB).
The amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and preferably 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MC).
　メチル化剤としては、ヨードメタン、硫酸ジメチル、メタンスルホン酸メチル、フルオロスルホン酸メチル、パラトルエンスルホン酸メチル、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸メチル、トリメチルオキソニウムテトラフルオロボレート等が挙げられる。
　メチル化剤の使用量としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）の使用量は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応は、溶媒の存在下で行ってもよい。溶媒としては、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、トルエン、アセトニトリル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methylating agent include iodomethane, dimethyl sulfate, methyl methanesulfonate, methyl fluorosulfonate, methyl paratoluenesulfonate, methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate and the like.
The amount of the methylating agent used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 5 mol, based on 1 mol of compound (MC).
The amount of the compound (MD) or the compound (ME) to be used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol and 0.5 to 5 mol with respect to 1 mol of the compound (MC). preferable.
The reaction of compound (MC) with compound (MD) or compound (ME) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, toluene, acetonitrile and the like.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応時間は、通常０．１～１００時間である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）と、化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）との反応温度は、通常－８０～＋１５０℃である。 The reaction time between compound (MC) and compound (MD) or compound (ME) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours.
The reaction temperature of compound (MC) and compound (MD) or compound (ME) is usually −80 to + 150 ° C.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｄ）としては、（２－ヒドロキシ）エチルメチルアミン、（４－ヒドロキシ）ブチルアミン、４－ヒドロキシブチルメチルアミン、４－ヒドロキシブチルブチルアミン等が挙げられる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）としては、３－ヒドロキシピロリジン、３－ヒドロキシメチルピロリジン、４－ヒドロキシピペリジン、３－ヒドロキシピペリジン、３－ヒドロキシメチルピペリジン、４－（ヒドロキシメチル）ピペリジン等が挙げられる。また、化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）を使用する際には、化合物（Ｍ－Ｅ）に含まれるヒドロキシ基をシリル基等で保護してもよい。 Examples of the compound (MD) include (2-hydroxy) ethylmethylamine, (4-hydroxy) butylamine, 4-hydroxybutylmethylamine, 4-hydroxybutylbutylamine and the like.
Examples of the compound (ME) include 3-hydroxypyrrolidine, 3-hydroxymethylpyrrolidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxymethylpiperidine, 4- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine and the like. When the compound (ME) is used, the hydroxy group contained in the compound (ME) may be protected by a silyl group or the like.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）は、例えば、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000073
Examples of the compound (MC) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000073
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｃ）は、式（Ｍ－Ｆ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）という場合がある。）と式（Ｍ－Ｇ）で表される化合物（以下、化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）という場合がある。）とを反応させることにより得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000074
［式中、環Ｗ１Ａ及びＲ３は、上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、重合性基を含む基を表す場合を除くこと以外は上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｅ１は脱離基を表す。］ The compound (MC) is a compound represented by the formula (MF) (hereinafter, may be referred to as a compound (MF)) and a compound represented by the formula (MG) (hereinafter, a compound). It may be obtained by reacting with (MG).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000074
[In the formula, rings W 1A and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group.
E 1 represents a leaving group. ]
　Ｅ１で表される脱離基としては、ハロゲン原子、ｐ－トルエンスルホニル基、トリフルオロメチルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the leaving group represented by E 1 include a halogen atom, a p-toluenesulfonyl group, a trifluoromethylsulfonyl group and the like.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）との反応は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）とを混合することにより実施することができる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）との反応は、塩基の存在下で行うことが好ましい。塩基としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応に用いられる塩基と同じものが挙げられる。好ましくは、炭酸カリウム、水酸化カリウム、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド、ジイソプロピルエチルアミンである。
　塩基の使用量は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）１モルに対して、通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～５モルであることが好ましい。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）との反応は溶媒の存在下で行ってもよい。溶媒としては、トルエン、アセトニトリル、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール等が挙げられる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）との反応時間は、通常０．１～１００時間である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）との反応温度は、通常－８０～＋１５０℃である。 The reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) can be carried out by mixing the compound (MF) and the compound (MG).
The reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB). Preferred are potassium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, potassium tertiary butoxide, diisopropylethylamine.
The amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 5 mol, based on 1 mol of the compound (MF).
The reaction between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include toluene, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and the like.
The reaction time between the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is usually 0.1 to 100 hours.
The reaction temperature of the compound (MF) and the compound (MG) is usually −80 to + 150 ° C.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｇ）としては、市販品を用いてもよい。例えば、クロロシアン、ブロモシアン、パラトルエンスルホニルシアニド、トリフルオロメタンスルホニルシアニド、１－クロロメチル－４－フルオロ－１，４－ジアゾニアビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン ビス(テトラフルオロボラート（セレクトフロアー（Air Products and Chemicalsの登録商標）ともいう）、ベンゾイル（フェニルヨードニオ）（トリフルオロメタンスルホニル）メタニド、２，８－ジフルオロ－５－（トリフルオロメチル)－５Ｈ－ジベンゾ[ｂ,ｄ]チオフェン－５－イウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナート、Ｎ－ブロモスクシンイミド、Ｎ－クロロスクシンイミド、Ｎ－ヨードスクシンイミド等が挙げられる。 As the compound (MG), a commercially available product may be used. For example, chlorocyan, bromocyan, paratoluenesulfonyl cyanide, trifluoromethanesulfonylocyanide, 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo [2.2.2] octane bis (tetrafluoroborate (select floor)). (Also known as a registered trademark of Air Products and Chemicals), Benzoyl (phenyliodonio) (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) metanide, 2,8-difluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl) -5H-dibenzo [b, d] thiophene- Examples thereof include 5-ium trifluoromethanesulfonate, N-bromosuccinimide, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide and the like.
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）は、例えば、下記に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000075
Examples of the compound (MF) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000075
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｆ）は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）とを反応させることにより得ることができる。化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）との反応は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）とを混合することにより実施することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000076
［式中、環Ｗ１Ａは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
　Ｒ４及びＲ５は、重合性基を含む基を表す場合を除くこと以外は上記と同じ意味を表す。］ Compound (MF) can be obtained by reacting compound (MH) with compound (MI). The reaction between the compound (MH) and the compound (MI) can be carried out by mixing the compound (MH) and the compound (MI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000076
[In the formula, ring W 1A has the same meaning as above.
R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as described above except that they represent a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）との反応は、塩基の存在下で行うことが好ましい。塩基としては、化合物（Ｍ－Ａ）又は化合物（Ｍ－Ａ１）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｂ）との反応に用いられる塩基と同じものが挙げられる。塩基の使用量は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）１モルに対して通常０．１～５モルであり、０．５～２モルであることが好ましい。化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）との反応は、溶媒の存在下で行ってもよい。溶媒としては、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、トルエン、アセトニトリル等が挙げられる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）との反応時間は、通常０．１～１０時間である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）と化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）との反応温度は、通常－５０～１５０℃である。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）の使用量は、化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）１モルに対して通常０．１～１０モルであり、０．５～２モルであることが好ましい。 The reaction between compound (MH) and compound (MI) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of the base include the same bases used in the reaction between the compound (MA) or the compound (MA1) and the compound (MB). The amount of the base used is usually 0.1 to 5 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2 mol, based on 1 mol of the compound (MH). The reaction between compound (MH) and compound (MI) may be carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, toluene, acetonitrile and the like.
The reaction time of compound (MH) and compound (MI) is usually 0.1 to 10 hours.
The reaction temperature of compound (MH) and compound (MI) is usually −50 to 150 ° C.
The amount of compound (MI) used is usually 0.1 to 10 mol, preferably 0.5 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (MH).
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｉ）としては市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、マロノニトリル等が挙げられる。
　化合物（Ｍ－Ｈ）は下記に記載の化合物等が挙げられ、市場から入手できる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000077
As the compound (MI), a commercially available product may be used, and examples thereof include malononitrile.
Examples of the compound (MH) include the compounds described below, which are available on the market.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000077
　＜式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を有する樹脂＞
　本発明は、式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を有する樹脂（以下、樹脂（１）という場合がある。）を含む。樹脂（１）は、式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を樹脂の主鎖に含んでいてもよいし、側鎖に含んでいてもよい。樹脂（１）は側鎖に式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を有することが好ましい。樹脂（１）は、化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）のホモポリマーであってもよいし、コポリマーであってもよい。
　樹脂（１）がコポリマーである場合、例えば、化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）と重合性モノマーとの共重合体等が挙げられる。前記重合性モノマーとしては、（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ブチル等の（メタ）アクリル酸エステル；（メタ）アクリル酸１－ヒドロキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸１－ヒドロキシエチル等のヒドロキシ基を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステル単量体；酢酸ビニル、ブタジエン等のビニル系単量体；スチレン、メチルスチレン、フルオロスチレン等のスチレン系単量体；（メタ）アクリル酸、カルボキシエチル（メタ）アクリレート、マレイン酸等のカルボキシル基を有する単量体；アミノエチル（メタ）アクリレート、Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルアミノエチル（メタ）アクリレート等の置換若しくは無置換アミノ基を有する単量体等が挙げられる。
　樹脂（１）がコポリマーの場合、化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）に由来する構造単位が樹脂（Ａ）に含まれる全構造単位１００質量部に対して、０．０１～９０質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは０．１～７５質量部であり、さらに好ましくは０．５～６０質量部であり、特に好ましくは１～５０質量部である。
　樹脂（１）は、例えば、溶液重合法、塊状重合法、懸濁重合法、乳化重合法などの公知の方法によって製造することができる。 <Resin having a partial structure represented by the formula (X)>
The present invention includes a resin having a partial structure represented by the formula (X) (hereinafter, may be referred to as resin (1)). The resin (1) may contain a partial structure represented by the formula (X) in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain. The resin (1) preferably has a partial structure represented by the formula (X) in the side chain. The resin (1) may be a homopolymer of compound (X) (preferably any one of compounds (I) to (IX)) or a copolymer.
When the resin (1) is a copolymer, for example, a copolymer of compound (X) (preferably any one of compound (I) to compound (IX)) and a polymerizable monomer can be mentioned. Examples of the polymerizable monomer include (meth) acrylic acid esters such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylic acid 1-. (Meta) acrylic acid ester monomer having a hydroxy group such as hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl-based monomer such as vinyl acetate and butadiene; styrene such as styrene, methylstyrene and fluorostyrene Monomer; Monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, maleic acid; Aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Examples thereof include monomers having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
When the resin (1) is a copolymer, the structural unit derived from the compound (X) (preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)) is contained in the resin (A) with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the structural units. The amount is preferably 0.01 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 75 parts by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 60 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass. be.
The resin (1) can be produced by a known method such as a solution polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, or an emulsion polymerization method.
　＜化合物（Ｘ）を含む組成物＞
　本発明は、化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）を含有する組成物も含む。
　本発明の化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）を含む組成物は、化合物（Ｘ）（好ましくは化合物（Ｉ）～化合物（ＩＸ）のいずれか）と樹脂とを含む樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。
　本発明の組成物はあらゆる用途に使用可能であるが、中でも日光又は紫外線を含む光に晒される可能性のある用途に特に好適に使用できる。具体例としては、例えばガラス代替品とその表面コーティング材；住居、施設、輸送機器等の窓ガラス、採光ガラス及び光源保護ガラス用のコーティング材；住居、施設、輸送機器等のウインドウフィルム；住居、施設、輸送機器等の内外装材及び内外装用塗料及び該塗料によって形成させる塗膜；アルキド樹脂ラッカー塗料及び該塗料によって形成される塗膜；アクリルラッカー塗料及び該塗料によって形成される塗膜；蛍光灯、水銀灯等の紫外線を発する光源用部材；精密機械、電子電気機器用部材、各種ディスプレイから発生する電磁波等の遮断用材；食品、化学品、薬品等の容器又は包装材；ボトル、ボックス、ブリスター、カップ、特殊包装用、コンパクトディスクコート、農工業用シート又はフィルム材；印刷物、染色物、染顔料等の退色防止剤；ポリマー支持体用（例えば、機械及び自動車部品のようなプラスチック製部品用）の保護膜；印刷物オーバーコート；インクジェット媒体被膜；積層艶消し；オプティカルライトフィルム；安全ガラス／フロントガラス中間層；エレクトロクロミック／フォトクロミック用途；オーバーラミネートフィルム；太陽熱制御膜；日焼け止めクリーム、シャンプー、リンス、整髪料等の化粧品；スポーツウェア、ストッキング、帽子等の衣料用繊維製品及び繊維；カーテン、絨毯、壁紙等の家庭用内装品；プラスチックレンズ、コンタクトレンズ、義眼等の医療用器具；光学フィルタ、バックライトディスプレーフィルム、プリズム、鏡、写真材料等の光学用品；金型膜、転写式ステッカー、落書き防止膜、テープ、インク等の文房具；標示板、標示器等とその表面コーティング材等を挙げることができる。 <Composition containing compound (X)>
The present invention also includes compositions containing compound (X) (preferably any of compound (I) to compound (IX)).
The composition containing the compound (X) of the present invention (preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)) is the compound (X) (preferably any one of the compound (I) to the compound (IX)). A resin composition containing a resin is preferable.
The compositions of the present invention can be used for all purposes, but are particularly preferably used for applications that may be exposed to light including sunlight or ultraviolet rays. Specific examples include, for example, glass substitutes and their surface coating materials; window glass for dwellings, facilities, transportation equipment, etc., coating materials for light-collecting glass and light source protection glass; window films for dwellings, facilities, transportation equipment, etc .; dwellings, Interior / exterior materials and interior / exterior paints for facilities, transportation equipment, etc. and coatings formed by the coatings; alkyd resin lacquer coatings and coatings formed by the coatings; acrylic lacquer coatings and coatings formed by the coatings; fluorescence Materials for light sources that emit ultraviolet rays such as lamps and mercury lamps; Materials for precision machinery, electronic and electrical equipment, materials for blocking electromagnetic waves generated from various displays; Containers or packaging materials for foods, chemicals, chemicals, etc .; Bottles, boxes, blister , Cups, special packaging, compact disc coats, agricultural and industrial sheets or film materials; anti-fading agents for printed matter, dyes, dyes, etc .; for polymer supports (eg, for plastic parts such as machine and automotive parts) ) Protective film; printed matter overcoat; inkjet medium film; laminated matte; optical light film; safety glass / front glass intermediate layer; electrochromic / photochromic applications; overlaminated film; solar heat control film; sunscreen cream, shampoo, rinse , Cosmetics such as hairdressers; Textile products and textiles for clothing such as sportswear, stockings and hats; Household interiors such as curtains, rugs and wallpaper; Medical instruments such as plastic lenses, contact lenses and artificial eyes; Optical filters, Optical supplies such as backlight display films, prisms, mirrors, photographic materials; stationery such as mold films, transfer stickers, anti-doodle films, tapes, inks; marking boards, marking devices, etc. and their surface coating materials, etc. Can be done.
　本発明の組成物より形成した成形物は、高分子成型品であることが好ましい。成形物の形状としては、平膜状、粉状、球状粒子、破砕粒子、塊状連続体、繊維状、管状、中空糸状、粒状、板状、多孔質状などのいずれの形状であってもよい。 The molded product formed from the composition of the present invention is preferably a polymer molded product. The shape of the molded product may be any of flat film-like, powder-like, spherical particles, crushed particles, massive continuum, fibrous, tubular, hollow thread-like, granular, plate-like, and porous. ..
　本発明の組成物が樹脂組成物である場合、樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂としては、公知の各種成形体、シート、フィルム等の製造に従来から使用されている熱可塑性樹脂及び熱硬化性樹脂等が挙げられる。
　熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリシクロオレフィン樹脂等のオレフィン系樹脂、ポリ（メタ）アクリル酸エステル系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、スチレン－アクリロニトリル系樹脂、アクリロニトリル－ブタジエン－スチレン系樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン系樹脂、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール系樹脂、エチレン－酢酸ビニル系共重合体、エチレン－ビニルアルコール系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリブチレンテレフタレート樹脂、液晶ポリエステル樹脂等のポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂及びポリフェニレンサルファイド樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの樹脂を一種又は二種以上のポリマーブレンドあるいはポリマーアロイとして使用してもよい。 When the composition of the present invention is a resin composition, the resin used in the resin composition includes a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin conventionally used in the production of various known molded products, sheets, films and the like. And so on.
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include olefin resins such as polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, and polycycloolefin resins, poly (meth) acrylic acid ester resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylonitrile resins, and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resins. Resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, vinylidene chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polybutylene terephthalate resin, Examples thereof include polyester resins such as liquid crystal polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyamide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyurethane resins and polyphenylene sulfide resins. These resins may be used as one or more polymer blends or polymer alloys.
　熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、メラミン樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、フェノール樹脂、尿素樹脂、アルキド樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resin, melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, phenol resin, urea resin, alkyd resin, thermosetting polyimide resin and the like.
　樹脂組成物を紫外線吸収フィルタや紫外線吸収膜として用いる場合、樹脂は透明樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition is used as an ultraviolet absorbing filter or an ultraviolet absorbing film, the resin is preferably a transparent resin.
　樹脂組成物は、化合物（Ｘ）と樹脂とを混合することにより得ることができる。化合物（Ｘ）は、所望の性能を付与するために必要な量を含有すればよく、例えば、樹脂１００質量部に対して０．０１～２０質量部等含有することができる。 The resin composition can be obtained by mixing the compound (X) and the resin. The compound (X) may be contained in an amount necessary for imparting desired performance, for example, 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
　本発明の組成物を光学フィルタ等の光学用品に用いる場合、例えば、光学液晶表示装置に適用することができる。樹脂組成物を光学液晶表示装置に適用する場合、樹脂組成物から形成される層は、フィルム層、粘着剤層、ハードコート層等のいずれに適用してもよく、粘着剤層、ハードコート層であることが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is used for optical products such as an optical filter, it can be applied to, for example, an optical liquid crystal display device. When the resin composition is applied to an optical liquid crystal display device, the layer formed from the resin composition may be applied to any of a film layer, an adhesive layer, a hard coat layer and the like, and the adhesive layer and the hard coat layer may be applied. Is preferable.
　＜粘着剤組成物＞
　本発明の組成物から形成される層が粘着剤層である場合、樹脂（Ａ）、化合物（Ｘ）及び開始剤（Ｃ）を含む粘着剤組成物（以下、粘着剤組成物（１）という場合がある。）から形成される。粘着剤組成物（１）は、さらに、ラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）、架橋剤（Ｅ）、シラン化合物（Ｆ）、化合物（Ｘ）以外の光吸収化合物（Ｇ）（以下、光選択吸収化合物（Ｇ）という場合がある。）、帯電防止剤等を含んでいてもよく、ラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）、架橋剤（Ｅ）、シラン化合物（Ｆ）及び光選択吸収化合物（Ｇ）からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１つを含むことが好ましい。 <Adhesive composition>
When the layer formed from the composition of the present invention is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, it is referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a resin (A), a compound (X) and an initiator (C) (hereinafter referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1)). It may be formed from). The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) further comprises a light-absorbing compound (G) other than the radical-curable component (D), a cross-linking agent (E), a silane compound (F), and a compound (X) (hereinafter, a light selective absorption compound). (G) may be contained, and may contain an antistatic agent or the like, and is composed of a radical curable component (D), a cross-linking agent (E), a silane compound (F), and a light selective absorption compound (G). It preferably comprises at least one selected from the group.
　樹脂（Ａ）は、粘着剤組成物に使用される樹脂であれば特に限定されない。樹脂（Ａ）は、波長３００ｎｍ～波長７８０ｎｍの範囲において極大吸収を示さないことが好ましい。
　樹脂（Ａ）は、ガラス転移温度（Ｔｇ）が４０℃以下である樹脂であることが好ましい。樹脂（Ａ）のガラス転移温度（Ｔｇ）は、２０℃以下であることがより好ましく、１０℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、０℃以下であることが特に好ましい。また、樹脂（Ａ）のガラス転移温度は通常－８０℃以上であり、－７０℃以上であることが好ましく、－６０℃以上であることがより好ましく、－５５℃以上であることがさらに好ましく、－５０℃以上であることが特に好ましい。樹脂（Ａ）のガラス転移温度が４０℃以下であると、粘着剤組成物（１）から形成される粘着剤層の被着体に対する密着性の向上に有利である。また、樹脂（Ａ）のガラス転移温度が－８０℃以上であると、粘着剤組成物（１）から形成される粘着剤層の耐久性の向上に有利である。なお、ガラス転移温度は示差走査熱量計（ＤＳＣ）により測定できる。 The resin (A) is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The resin (A) preferably does not exhibit maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 780 nm.
The resin (A) is preferably a resin having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 40 ° C. or lower. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is more preferably 20 ° C. or lower, further preferably 10 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 0 ° C. or lower. The glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is usually −80 ° C. or higher, preferably −70 ° C. or higher, more preferably −60 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably −55 ° C. or higher. , -50 ° C or higher is particularly preferable. When the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is 40 ° C. or lower, it is advantageous to improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) to the adherend. Further, when the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is −80 ° C. or higher, it is advantageous to improve the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1). The glass transition temperature can be measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
　樹脂（Ａ）としては、（メタ）アクリル系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂等が挙げられ、（メタ）アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。 Examples of the resin (A) include (meth) acrylic resin, silicone resin, rubber resin, urethane resin and the like, and (meth) acrylic resin is preferable.
　（メタ）アクリル系樹脂としては、（メタ）アクリル酸エステル由来の構成単位を主成分（好ましくは５０質量％以上含む）とする重合体であることが好ましい。（メタ）アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位は、一種以上の（メタ）アクリル酸エステル以外の単量体に由来する構造単位（例えば、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基等の極性官能基を有する単量体に由来する構造単位）を含んでもよい。 The (meth) acrylic resin is preferably a polymer containing a constituent unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester as a main component (preferably containing 50% by mass or more). The structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester has one or more structural units derived from a monomer other than the (meth) acrylic acid ester (for example, a polar functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, or an amino group). A structural unit derived from a monomer) may be contained.
　樹脂（Ａ）の含有量は、粘着剤組成物（１）の固形分１００質量％中、通常５０質量％～９９．９質量％であり、好ましくは６０質量％～９５質量％であり、より好ましくは７０質量％～９０質量％である。
　化合物（Ｘ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して通常０．０１～５０質量部であり、好ましくは０．１～２０質量部であり、より好ましくは０．２～１０質量部であり、特に好ましくは０．５～５質量部である。 The content of the resin (A) is usually 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, preferably 60% by mass to 95% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1). It is preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass.
The content of the compound (X) is usually 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.2 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is a mass portion, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
　開始剤（Ｃ）は熱のエネルギーを吸収することにより重合反応を引き起こす化合物（熱重合開始剤）、光のエネルギーを吸収することにより重合反応を引き起こす化合物（光重合開始剤）のいずれであってもよい。なお、ここで光とは、可視光線、紫外線、Ｘ線、又は電子線のような活性エネルギー線であることが好ましい。 The initiator (C) is either a compound that induces a polymerization reaction by absorbing heat energy (thermal polymerization initiator) or a compound that induces a polymerization reaction by absorbing light energy (photopolymerization initiator). May be good. Here, the light is preferably an active energy ray such as visible light, ultraviolet light, X-ray, or electron beam.
　熱重合開始剤としては、加熱等によりラジカルを発生する化合物（熱ラジカル発生剤）、加熱等により酸を発生する化合物（熱酸発生剤）、加熱等により塩基を発生する化合物（熱塩基発生剤）等が挙げられる。
　光重合開始剤としては、光のエネルギーを吸収することによりラジカルを発生する化合物（光ラジカル発生剤）、光のエネルギーを吸収することにより酸を発生する化合物（光酸発生剤）、光のエネルギーを吸収することにより塩基を発生する化合物（光塩基発生剤）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include compounds that generate radicals by heating (thermal radical generators), compounds that generate acids by heating (thermal acid generators), and compounds that generate bases by heating (thermal base generators). ) Etc. can be mentioned.
Photopolymerization initiators include compounds that generate radicals by absorbing light energy (photoradical generators), compounds that generate acids by absorbing light energy (photoacid generators), and light energy. Examples thereof include a compound (photobase generator) that generates a base by absorbing the above.
　開始剤（Ｃ）は、後述するラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）の重合反応に適したものを選択することが好ましく、ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。
　ラジカル重合開始剤は、例えば、アルキルフェノン化合物、ベンゾイン化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、オキシムエステル化合物、ホスフィン化合物等が挙げられる。ラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、重合反応の反応性の観点からオキシムエステル系光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。オキシムエステル系光ラジカル重合開始剤を使用することで、照度又は光量の弱い硬化条件であってもラジカル硬化成分（Ｄ）の反応率を高めることができる。 As the initiator (C), it is preferable to select an initiator (C) suitable for the polymerization reaction of the radical curable component (D) described later, preferably a radical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. preferable.
Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include alkylphenone compounds, benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, oxime ester compounds, phosphine compounds and the like. The radical polymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably an oxime ester-based photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of reactivity of the polymerization reaction. By using the oxime ester-based photoradical polymerization initiator, the reaction rate of the radical curing component (D) can be increased even under curing conditions where the illuminance or the amount of light is weak.
　開始剤（Ｃ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して、通常０．０１～２０質量部であり、０．３～１０質量部であることが好ましく、０．５～５質量部であることがより好ましく、０．７５～４質量部であることがさらに好ましく、特に好ましくは１～３質量部である。 The content of the initiator (C) is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.3 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is more preferably parts by mass, more preferably 0.75 to 4 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 parts by mass.
　ラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）としては、ラジカル重合反応により硬化する化合物又はオリゴマー等のラジカル硬化性成分が挙げられる。
　ラジカル重合性成分（Ｄ）としては、（メタ）アクリレート系化合物、スチレン系化合物、ビニル系化合物等が挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（１）はラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）を２種以上含んでいてもよい。 Examples of the radical curable component (D) include radical curable components such as compounds or oligomers that are cured by a radical polymerization reaction.
Examples of the radically polymerizable component (D) include (meth) acrylate-based compounds, styrene-based compounds, and vinyl-based compounds.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) may contain two or more radical curable components (D).
　（メタ）アクリレート系化合物としては、分子内に少なくとも１個の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する（メタ）アクリレートモノマー、（メタ）アクリルアミドモノマー、及び、分子内に少なくとも２個の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する（メタ）アクリルオリゴマー等の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基含有化合物を挙げることができる。（メタ）アクリルオリゴマーは好ましくは、分子内に少なくとも２個の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する（メタ）アクリレートオリゴマーである。（メタ）アクリレート系化合物は、１種のみを単独で用いてもよいし２種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate-based compound include a (meth) acrylate monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule, a (meth) acrylamide monomer, and at least two (meth) acryloyloxy in the molecule. Examples thereof include (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing compounds such as (meth) acrylic oligomers having a group. The (meth) acrylic oligomer is preferably a (meth) acrylate oligomer having at least two (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule. As the (meth) acrylate compound, only one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
　（メタ）アクリレートモノマーとしては、分子内に１個の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する単官能（メタ）アクリレートモノマー、分子内に２個の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する２官能（メタ）アクリレートモノマー、分子内に３個以上の（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基を有する多官能（メタ）アクリレートモノマーが挙げられる。
　（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、多官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。多官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物は３官能以上であることが好ましい The (meth) acrylate monomer includes a monofunctional (meth) acrylate monomer having one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule and a bifunctional (meth) acrylate having two (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule. Examples include monomers and polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomers having three or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound. The polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound is preferably trifunctional or higher.
　ラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して、通常０．５～１００質量部であり、１～７０質量部であることが好ましく、３～５０質量部であることがより好ましく、５～３０質量部であることがさらに好ましく、７．５～２５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the radical curable component (D) is usually 0.5 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 70 parts by mass, and 3 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is more preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 7.5 to 25 parts by mass.
　架橋剤（Ｅ）としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤等が挙げられ、特に粘着剤組成物のポットライフ及び粘着剤層の耐久性、架橋速度などの観点から、イソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。
　架橋剤（Ｅ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して、通常０．０１～２５質量部であり、好ましくは０．１～１５質量部であり、より好ましくは０．１５～７質量部であり、さらに好ましくは０．２～５質量部であり、特に好ましくは０．２５～２質量部である。 Examples of the cross-linking agent (E) include an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, a metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, and the like. From the viewpoint of speed and the like, an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent is preferable.
The content of the cross-linking agent (E) is usually 0.01 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is ~ 7 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25 to 2 parts by mass.
　シラン化合物（Ｆ）としては、例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリス（２－メトキシエトキシ）シラン、３－グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、３－グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、３－グリシドキシプロピルエトキシジメチルシラン、２－（３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシル）エチルトリメトキシシラン、３－クロロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、３－クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。
　シラン化合物（Ｆ）は、シリコーンオリゴマーであってもよい。
　シラン化合物（Ｆ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して、通常０．０１～２０質量部であり、好ましくは０．１～１０質量部であり、より好ましくは０．１５～７質量部であり、さらに好ましくは０．２～５質量部であり、特に好ましくは０．２５～２質量部である。 Examples of the silane compound (F) include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, and 3 -Glysidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples thereof include 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane.
The silane compound (F) may be a silicone oligomer.
The content of the silane compound (F) is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.15 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is ~ 7 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25 to 2 parts by mass.
　光選択吸収化合物（Ｇ）は、化合物（Ｘ）以外の光吸収性化合物であり、例えば、波長２５０ｎｍ～波長３８０ｎｍ（好ましくは波長２５０ｎｍ以上波長３６０ｎｍ未満）の光を吸収する化合物（紫外線吸収剤）である。
　光選択吸収化合物（Ｇ）は、波長２５０ｎｍ～波長３８０ｎｍの光を吸収する化合物であれば、その構造は特に限定されないが、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、サリチル酸系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、ベンゾオキサジン系化合物等の化合物等が好ましい。
　光選択吸収化合物（Ｇ）の含有量は、樹脂（Ａ）１００質量部に対して、通常０．１～５０質量部であり、好ましくは０．２～４０質量部であり、より好ましくは０．５～３０質量部であり、さらに好ましくは１～２５質量部であり、特に好ましくは２～２０質量部である。 The light selective absorption compound (G) is a light-absorbing compound other than the compound (X), and is, for example, a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 250 nm to 380 nm (preferably a wavelength of 250 nm or more and less than 360 nm) (ultraviolet absorber). Is.
The structure of the light selective absorption compound (G) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 250 nm to 380 nm, but a benzotriazole compound, a benzophenone compound, a triazine compound, a salicylic acid compound, and cyano are not particularly limited. Compounds such as acrylate-based compounds and benzoxazine-based compounds are preferable.
The content of the light selective absorption compound (G) is usually 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.2 to 40 parts by mass, and more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). It is .5 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 25 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 20 parts by mass.
　粘着剤組成物（１）は、さらに、溶剤、架橋触媒、タッキファイヤー、可塑剤、軟化剤、顔料、防錆剤、無機フィラー、光散乱性微粒子等の添加剤を１種又は２種以上含有することができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) further contains one or more additives such as a solvent, a cross-linking catalyst, a tack fire, a plasticizer, a softening agent, a pigment, a rust preventive, an inorganic filler, and light-scattering fine particles. can do.
　＜ハードコート層＞
　本発明の組成物から形成される層がハードコート層である場合、化合物（Ｘ）、光硬化成分及び開始剤を含む活性エネルギー線硬化型組成物（以下、活性エネルギー線硬化型組成物（２）という場合がある）から形成されることが好ましい。ハードコート層とは、例えば、光学用品の最表面に積層される層であり、耐擦傷性の機能を有する層である。
　活性エネルギー線硬化性組成物とは、活性エネルギー線の照射を受けて硬化する組成物を表す。活性エネルギー線としては、紫外線、電子線、Ｘ線、可視光等が挙げられ、好ましくは紫外線である。紫外線光源としては、波長４００ｎｍ以下に発光分布を有する光源が好ましく、例えば、低圧水銀灯、中圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、ブラックライトランプ、マイクロウェーブ励起水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ等を挙げることができる。 <Hard coat layer>
When the layer formed from the composition of the present invention is a hard coat layer, an active energy ray-curable composition containing the compound (X), a photocurable component and an initiator (hereinafter, active energy ray-curable composition (2). ) May be formed from). The hard coat layer is, for example, a layer laminated on the outermost surface of an optical product and has a scratch resistant function.
The active energy ray-curable composition represents a composition that is cured by being irradiated with active energy rays. Examples of the active energy ray include ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays, visible light and the like, and ultraviolet rays are preferable. As the ultraviolet light source, a light source having an emission distribution having a wavelength of 400 nm or less is preferable, and examples thereof include a low-pressure mercury lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a black light lamp, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp. be able to.
　光硬化性成分としては、活性エネルギー線の照射によりラジカル重合反応により硬化する化合物又はオリゴマー（ラジカル重合性化合物）、活性エネルギー線の照射によりカチオン重合反応により硬化する化合物（カチオン重合性化合物）、及び、アニオン重合反応により硬化する化合物等が挙げられる。光硬化性成分は、ラジカル重合性化合物と、カチオン重合性化合物又はアニオン重合性化合物とを併用してもよい。
　活性エネルギー線硬化型組成物（２）は、ラジカル重合性成分を含むことが好ましい。 The photocurable components include compounds or oligomers (radical polymerizable compounds) that are cured by a radical polymerization reaction when irradiated with active energy rays, compounds that are cured by a cationic polymerization reaction when irradiated with active energy rays (cationically polymerizable compounds), and , Compounds that are cured by anionic polymerization reaction and the like. As the photocurable component, a radically polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound or an anionicly polymerizable compound may be used in combination.
The active energy ray-curable composition (2) preferably contains a radically polymerizable component.
　ラジカル重合性化合物としては、上述したラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）と同じものが挙げられ、（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、多官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。
　光硬化性成分の含有量は、活性エネルギー線硬化性組成物（２）の固形分１００質量％に対して、通常５０～９９．５質量％であり、好ましくは７０～９７質量％である。
　化合物（Ｘ）の含有量は、光硬化性成分１００質量部に対して、通常０．０１～５０質量部であり、好ましくは０．１～２０質量部であり、より好ましくは０．５～１０質量部であり、さらに好ましくは０．５～５質量部である。 Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include the same radically curable component (D) as described above, and a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferable.
The content of the photocurable component is usually 50 to 99.5% by mass, preferably 70 to 97% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the active energy ray-curable composition (2).
The content of compound (X) is usually 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photocurable component. It is 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
　活性エネルギー線硬化型組成物（２）が含んでもよい開始剤としては、上述した開始剤（Ｃ）と同じものが挙げられる。開始剤は、ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましく、オキシムエステル系重合開始剤であることがさらに好ましい。
　開始剤の含有量は、光硬化性成分１００質量部に対して、通常、０．０１～２０質量部であり、好ましくは０．１～１０質量部であり、さらに好ましくは０．５～５重量部である。開始剤を０．５質量部以上配合することにより、活性エネルギー線硬化型組成物（２）を十分に硬化させることができる。 Examples of the initiator that the active energy ray-curable composition (2) may contain include the same initiators (C) as described above. The initiator is preferably a radical polymerization initiator, more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and even more preferably an oxime ester-based polymerization initiator.
The content of the initiator is usually 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photocurable component. It is a part by weight. By blending 0.5 parts by mass or more of the initiator, the active energy ray-curable composition (2) can be sufficiently cured.
　以下、実施例及び比較例を示して本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの例によって限定されるものではない。例中、含有量ないし使用量を表す％及び部は、特に断りのない限り質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In the examples,% and parts indicating the content or the amount used are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
　（実施例１）式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000078
　窒素雰囲気下で、４－ヒドロキシピペリジン５部、ジクロロメタン４０部、ターシャリーブチルジフェニルクロロシラン１３．６部、イミダゾール６．７部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した、得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－１）で表される化合物１１．８部を得た。 (Example 1) Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000078
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5 parts of 4-hydroxypiperidine, 40 parts of dichloromethane, 13.6 parts of tertiary butyldiphenylchlorosilane, and 6.7 parts of imidazole were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the mixture and purified to obtain 11.8 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000079
　窒素雰囲気下で、ジメドン５０部、マロノニトリル４７部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン１１５部、エタノール１５０部を混合し、温度８０℃で３時間撹拌した。得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－２）で表される化合物４０部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000079
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 50 parts of dimedone, 47 parts of malononitrile, 115 parts of diisopropylethylamine, and 150 parts of ethanol were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 3 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and the mixture was purified to obtain 40 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000080
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－２）で表される化合物２部、水酸化カリウム０．６部、パラトルエンスルホニルシアニド２．３部、イソプロパノール１０部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した。得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－３）で表される化合物１．５部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000080
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-2), 0.6 part of potassium hydroxide, 2.3 parts of paratoluenesulfonyl cyanide and 10 parts of isopropanol are mixed and heated at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and purified to obtain 1.5 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000081
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－３）で表される化合物４部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン３．２部、メチルトリフラート４部、脱水アセトニトリル８０部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した。混合物に式（Ｍ－１）で表される化合物８．３部を加えてさらに１時間撹拌し、得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－４）で表される化合物７部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000081
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 3.2 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 4 parts of methyl triflate and 80 parts of dehydrated acetonitrile were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. 8.3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture, and the mixture was purified and represented by the formula (M-4). 7 parts of the compound were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000082
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－４）で表される化合物４．２部、テトラブチルアンモニウムフルオリド／テトラヒドロフラン１Ｍ溶液６０部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３０時間撹拌した。得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－５）で表される化合物１．６部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000082
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-4) and 60 parts of a tetrabutylammonium fluoride / tetrahydrofuran 1M solution were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 30 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and the mixture was purified to obtain 1.6 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000083
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－５）で表される化合物１．２部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン０．７部、クロロホルム（トリクロロメタン）２４部、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン０．０４部を混合し、氷浴下撹拌しながら、３０分かけてアクリル酸クロリド０．８部を滴下した。そのまま氷浴下で３時間撹拌し、混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物０．５部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000083
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-5), 0.7 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 24 parts of chloroform (trichloromethane), and 0.04 part of dibutylhydroxytoluene are mixed and placed in an ice bath. While stirring, 0.8 part of chloroform acid chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred as it was in an ice bath for 3 hours, the solvent was distilled off from the mixture, and the mixture was purified to obtain 0.5 part of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1).
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ測定及び１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ解析を行い、式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物が生成したことを確認した。
　１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ（重ジメチルスルホキシド（重ＤＭＳＯ））δ：１．００（ｓ、６Ｈ）、１．３８～２．１０（ｍ、４Ｈ）、２．５４（ｍ、２Ｈ）、２．６９（ｍ、２Ｈ）、３．８３～３．９６（ｍ、４Ｈ）、５．１２～５．１４（ｍ、１Ｈ）、５．９９～６．４１（ｍ、３Ｈ）
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ；[Ｍ＋Ｈ]＋＝３５１．５ LC-MS measurement and 1 H-NMR analysis were performed, and it was confirmed that the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) was produced.
1 1 H-NMR (heavy dimethyl sulfoxide (heavy DMSO)) δ: 1.00 (s, 6H), 1.38 to 2.10 (m, 4H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.69 ( m, 2H), 3.83 to 3.96 (m, 4H), 5.12 to 5.14 (m, 1H), 5.99 to 6.41 (m, 3H)
LC-MS; [M + H] + = 351.5
　＜極大吸収波長及びグラム吸光係数ε測定＞
　得られた式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物の２－ブタノン溶液（０．００６ｇ／Ｌ）を１ｃｍの石英セルに入れ、この石英セルを分光光度計ＵＶ－２４５０（株式会社島津製作所製）にセットし、ダブルビーム法により１ｎｍステップ３００～８００ｎｍの波長範囲で吸光度を測定した。得られた吸光度の値、溶液中の式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物の濃度、及び石英セルの光路長から、波長ごとのグラム吸光係数を算出した。
　ε（λ）＝Ａ（λ）／ＣＬ
〔式中、ε（λ）は波長λｎｍにおける式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物のグラム吸光係数［Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）］を表し、Ａ（λ）は波長λｎｍにおける吸光度を表し、Ｃは濃度（ｇ／Ｌ）を表し、Ｌは石英セルの光路長［ｍ］を表す。〕
　得られた式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物の極大吸収波長は３８５ｎｍであった。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物のε（λmax）は１３０．４Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は７Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は１８．６であった。 <Maximum absorption wavelength and gram absorption coefficient ε measurement>
A 2-butanone solution (0.006 g / L) of the compound represented by the obtained formula (UVA-1) was placed in a 1 cm quartz cell, and the quartz cell was placed in a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). ), And the absorbance was measured in the wavelength range of 1 nm step 300 to 800 nm by the double beam method. The gram extinction coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from the obtained absorbance value, the concentration of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) in the solution, and the optical path length of the quartz cell.
ε (λ) = A (λ) / CL
[In the formula, ε (λ) represents the gram extinction coefficient [L / (g · cm)] of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) at the wavelength λ nm, and A (λ) represents the absorbance at the wavelength λ nm. , C represents the concentration (g / L), and L represents the optical path length [m] of the quartz cell. ]
The maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) was 385 nm. The obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-1) has ε (λmax) of 130.4 L / (g · cm), ε (λmax + 30 nm) of 7 L / (g · cm), and ε (λmax) / ε ( λmax + 30 nm) was 18.6.
　（実施例２）式（ＵＶＡ－２）で表される化合物の合成

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000084
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－３）で表される化合物１．１部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン０．７部、メチルトリフラート０．９部、脱水アセトニトリル１１部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した。混合物に（２－ヒドロキシ）エチルメチルアミン１．４部を加えてさらに１時間撹拌し、得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－６）で表される化合物０．５部を得た。 (Example 2) Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-2)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000084
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.1 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 0.7 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 0.9 parts of methyl triflate, and 11 parts of dehydrated acetonitrile are mixed and 3 at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. Stirred for hours. 1.4 parts of (2-hydroxy) ethylmethylamine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture, and the mixture was purified to obtain compound 0 represented by the formula (M-6). .5 copies were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000085
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－６）で表される化合物０．７部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン０．７部、クロロホルム１１部、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン０．０３部を混合し、氷浴下撹拌しながら、３０分かけてアクリル酸クロリド０．５部を滴下した。そのまま氷浴下で３時間撹拌した。得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（ＵＶＡ－２）で表される化合物０．３部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000085
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 0.7 part of the compound represented by the formula (M-6), 0.7 part of diisopropylethylamine, 11 parts of chloroform and 0.03 part of dibutylhydroxytoluene were mixed and stirred under an ice bath. 0.5 part of acrylic acid chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred as it was in an ice bath for 3 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and the mixture was purified to obtain 0.3 part of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-2).
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ測定及び１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ解析を行い、式（ＵＶＡ－２）で表される化合物が生成したことを確認した。
　１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ（重ＤＭＳＯ）δ：１．０７（ｓ、６Ｈ）、２．４４（ｓ、２Ｈ）、２．５６（ｓ、２Ｈ）、３．４７（ｓ、３Ｈ）、３．９６（ｓ、２Ｈ）、４．４６～４．４８（ｍ、２Ｈ）、５．９４～６．５０（ｍ、３Ｈ）
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ；[Ｍ＋Ｈ]＋＝３２５．５ LC-MS measurement and 1 H-NMR analysis were performed, and it was confirmed that the compound represented by the formula (UVA-2) was produced.
1 1 H-NMR (heavy DMSO) δ: 1.07 (s, 6H), 2.44 (s, 2H), 2.56 (s, 2H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.96 ( s, 2H) 4.46-4.48 (m, 2H) 5.94-6.50 (m, 3H)
LC-MS; [M + H] + = 325.5
　また、上記と同様にして、極大吸収波長及びグラム吸光係数を測定した。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－２）で表される化合物の極大吸収波長は３８０ｎｍであった。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－２）で表される化合物のε（λmax）は１２７．４Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は６．４Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は１９．９であった。 In addition, the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above. The maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-2) was 380 nm. The obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-2) has ε (λmax) of 127.4 L / (g · cm), ε (λmax + 30 nm) of 6.4 L / (g · cm), and ε (λmax) /. ε (λmax + 30 nm) was 19.9.
　（実施例３）式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000086
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－３）で表される化合物４部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン２．８部、メチルトリフラート３．６部、アセトニトリル４０部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した。混合物に３－ヒドロキシピロリジン４部を加えてさらに１時間撹拌し、得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－７）で表される化合物２．６部を得た。 (Example 3) Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000086
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 2.8 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 3.6 parts of methyl triflate and 40 parts of acetonitrile were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. .. 4 parts of 3-hydroxypyrrolidine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and the mixture was purified to obtain 2.6 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-7). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000087
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－７）で表される化合物３．４部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン３．９部、クロロホルム５１部、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン０．１３部を混合し、氷浴下撹拌しながら、３０分かけてアクリル酸クロリド２．７部を滴下した。そのまま氷浴下で３時間撹拌し、混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物１．６部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000087
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 3.4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-7), 3.9 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 51 parts of chloroform, and 0.13 parts of dibutylhydroxytoluene are mixed, and the mixture is stirred under an ice bath. 2.7 parts of chloroformic acid chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred as it was in an ice bath for 3 hours, the solvent was distilled off from the mixture, and the mixture was purified to obtain 1.6 parts of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-3).
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ測定及び１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ解析を行い、式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物が生成したことを確認した。
　１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ（重ＤＭＳＯ）δ：０．９４～１．０３（ｍ、６Ｈ）、１．１６～１．１９（ｍ、２Ｈ）、１．９９（ｓ、２Ｈ）、２．６６～２．７７（ｍ、２Ｈ）、３．８９～４．０６（ｍ、４Ｈ）、５．４２～５．４５（ｍ、１Ｈ）、５．９７～６．４１（ｍ、３Ｈ）
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ；[Ｍ＋Ｈ]＋＝３３７．５ LC-MS measurement and 1 H-NMR analysis were performed, and it was confirmed that the compound represented by the formula (UVA-3) was produced.
1 1 H-NMR (heavy DMSO) δ: 0.94 to 1.03 (m, 6H), 1.16 to 1.19 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 2H), 2.66 to 2. .77 (m, 2H), 3.89-4.06 (m, 4H), 5.42-5.45 (m, 1H), 5.97-6.41 (m, 3H)
LC-MS; [M + H] + = 337.5
　また、上記と同様にして、極大吸収波長及びグラム吸光係数を測定した。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物の極大吸収波長は３８０ｎｍであった。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物のε（λmax）は１０９．５Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は２．１Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は５２．１であった。 In addition, the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above. The maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-3) was 380 nm. The obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-3) has ε (λmax) of 109.5 L / (g · cm), ε (λmax + 30 nm) of 2.1 L / (g · cm), and ε (λmax) /. ε (λmax + 30 nm) was 52.1.
　（実施例４）式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000088
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－３）で表される化合物４部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン２．８部、メチルトリフラート３．６部、アセトニトリル４０部を混合し、温度２０～３０℃で３時間撹拌した。混合物に４－（ヒドロキシメチル）ピペリジン４部を加えてさらに１時間撹拌し、得られた混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（Ｍ－８）で表される化合物２部を得た。 (Example 4) Synthesis of compound represented by formula (UVA-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000088
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), 2.8 parts of diisopropylethylamine, 3.6 parts of methyl triflate and 40 parts of acetonitrile were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. for 3 hours. .. 4 parts of 4- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine was added to the mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained mixture and purified to obtain 2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (M-8). rice field.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000089
　窒素雰囲気下で、式（Ｍ－８）で表される化合物０．９部、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン０．４部、クロロホルム４．７部、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン０．０７部を混合し、氷浴下撹拌しながら、３０分かけてアクリル酸クロリド０．３部を滴下した。そのまま氷浴下で３時間撹拌し、混合物から溶媒を留去し、精製して、式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物０．７部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000089
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 0.9 part of the compound represented by the formula (M-8), 0.4 part of diisopropylethylamine, 4.7 parts of chloroform and 0.07 part of dibutylhydroxytoluene are mixed and stirred under an ice bath. However, 0.3 part of acrylic acid chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred as it was in an ice bath for 3 hours, the solvent was distilled off from the mixture, and the mixture was purified to obtain 0.7 part of the compound represented by the formula (UVA-4).
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ測定及び１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ解析を行い、式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物が生成したことを確認した。
　１Ｈ－ＮＭＲ（重ＤＭＳＯ）δ：０．９５（ｓ、６Ｈ）、１．３６～１．９１（ｍ、４Ｈ）、２．５０（ｍ、２Ｈ）、２．７５（ｍ、２Ｈ）、３．２９～３．３３（ｍ、３Ｈ）、４．０３～４．３２（ｍ、４Ｈ）、５．９５～６．３７（ｍ、３Ｈ）
　ＬＣ－ＭＳ；[Ｍ＋Ｈ]＋＝３６５．５ LC-MS measurement and 1 H-NMR analysis were performed, and it was confirmed that the compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) was produced.
1 1 H-NMR (heavy DMSO) δ: 0.95 (s, 6H), 1.36 to 1.91 (m, 4H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 3.29 to 3.33 (m, 3H), 4.03 to 4.32 (m, 4H), 5.95 to 6.37 (m, 3H)
LC-MS; [M + H] + = 365.5
　また、上記と同様にして、極大吸収波長及びグラム吸光係数を測定した。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物の極大吸収波長は３８５ｎｍであった。得られた式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物のε（λmax）は１２０．７Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は７．２Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）、ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０nｍ）は１６．８であった。 In addition, the maximum absorption wavelength and the gram absorption coefficient were measured in the same manner as above. The maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) was 385 nm. The obtained compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) has ε (λmax) of 120.7 L / (g · cm), ε (λmax + 30 nm) of 7.2 L / (g · cm), and ε (λmax) /. ε (λmax + 30 nm) was 16.8.
　（実施例５）粘着剤組成物（１）の調製
　＜アクリル樹脂の調製＞
［重合例１］：アクリル樹脂（Ａ）の調製
　冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および撹拌機を備えた反応容器に、溶媒としての酢酸エチル８１．８部、アクリル酸ブチル９６部、アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチルメチル３部、およびアクリル酸１部の混合溶液を仕込み、窒素ガスで装置内の空気を置換して酸素不含としながら内温を５５℃に上げた。その後、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル（重合開始剤）０．１４部を酢酸エチル１０部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。開始剤の添加した後１時間この温度で保持し、次いで内温を５４～５６℃に保ちながら酢酸エチルを添加速度１７．３部／ｈｒで反応容器内へ連続的に加え、アクリル樹脂の濃度が３５％となった時点で酢酸エチルの添加を止め、さらに酢酸エチルの添加開始から１２時間経過するまでこの温度で保温した。最後に酢酸エチルを加えてアクリル樹脂の濃度が２０％となるように調節し、アクリル樹脂の酢酸エチル溶液を調製した。得られたアクリル樹脂は、ＧＰＣによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Ｍｗが１４７万、Ｍｗ／Ｍｎが５．５であった。これをアクリル樹脂（Ａ）とする。 (Example 5) Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) <Preparation of acrylic resin>
[Polymerization Example 1]: Preparation of acrylic resin (A) 81.8 parts of ethyl acetate, 96 parts of butyl acrylate, acrylic acid as a solvent in a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer and a stirrer. A mixed solution of 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethylmethyl and 1 part of acrylic acid was charged, and the internal temperature was raised to 55 ° C. while replacing the air in the apparatus with nitrogen gas to make it oxygen-free. Then, a total amount of a solution prepared by dissolving 0.14 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts of ethyl acetate was added. After the initiator was added, the temperature was maintained at this temperature for 1 hour, and then ethyl acetate was continuously added into the reaction vessel at an addition rate of 17.3 parts / hr while maintaining the internal temperature at 54 to 56 ° C. to concentrate the acrylic resin. The addition of ethyl acetate was stopped when the temperature reached 35%, and the temperature was kept at this temperature until 12 hours had passed from the start of addition of ethyl acetate. Finally, ethyl acetate was added to adjust the concentration of the acrylic resin to 20%, and an ethyl acetate solution of the acrylic resin was prepared. The obtained acrylic resin had a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 1.47 million and Mw / Mn of 5.5 by GPC. This is referred to as acrylic resin (A).
　アクリル樹脂（Ａ）の酢酸エチル溶液（樹脂濃度：２０％）の固形分１００部に対して、架橋剤（Ｅ）（東ソー株式会社製：商品名「コロネートＬ」、イソシアネート系化合物、固形分７５％）０．３部、シラン化合物（Ｆ）（信越化学工業株式会社製：商品名「ＫＢＭ３０６６」）０．２８部、ラジカル硬化性成分（Ｄ）（新中村化学工業株式会社製：商品名「Ａ－ＤＰＨ－１２Ｅ」、６官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物）１０部、開始剤（Ｃ）（株式会社ＡＤＥＫＡ社製：商品名「ＮＣＩ－７３０」、オキシムエステル化合物である光ラジカル発生剤）０．３部、化合物（Ｘ）（式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物）５部を混合し、さらに固形分濃度が１４％となるように酢酸エチルを添加して粘着剤組成物（１）を得た。なお、上記架橋剤の配合量は、有効成分としての質量部数である。 A cross-linking agent (E) (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd .: trade name "Coronate L", isocyanate compound, solid content 75) with respect to 100 parts of the solid content of the ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the acrylic resin (A). %) 0.3 parts, silane compound (F) (manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: product name "KBM3066") 0.28 parts, radical curable component (D) (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: product name " A-DPH-12E ", 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound), initiator (C) (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd .: trade name" NCI-730 ", photoradical generator which is an oxime ester compound) 0. 3 parts and 5 parts of compound (X) (compound represented by the formula (UVA-1)) are mixed, and ethyl acetate is further added so that the solid content concentration becomes 14% to prepare the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1). Got The blending amount of the above-mentioned cross-linking agent is the number of parts by mass as the active ingredient.
　（実施例６～１２）及び（比較例１～７）
　表１及び表２に示すように各成分及び各成分の含有量を変えた以外は実施例５と同様にして粘着剤組成物（２）～粘着剤組成物（１５）を作製した。なお、架橋剤の配合量は有効成分としての質量部数であり、樹脂（Ａ）は固形分の質量部数である。 (Examples 6 to 12) and (Comparative Examples 1 to 7)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (15) were prepared in the same manner as in Example 5 except that each component and the content of each component were changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2. The amount of the cross-linking agent blended is the number of parts by mass as the active ingredient, and the resin (A) is the number of parts by mass of the solid content.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
　なお、表１及び表２における各略語は以下の意味を表す。
　アクリル樹脂（Ａ）：重合例１で合成したアクリル樹脂（Ａ）
　式（ＵＶＡ－１）：実施例１で合成した式（ＵＶＡ－１）で表される化合物
　式（ＵＶＡ－３）：実施例３で合成した式（ＵＶＡ－３）で表される化合物
　式（ＵＶＡ－４）：実施例４で合成した式（ＵＶＡ－４）で表される化合物
　ＮＣＩ－７３０：株式会社ＡＤＥＫＡ社製、商品名：ＮＣＩ－７３０、オキシムエステル化合物である光ラジカル発生剤
　Ａ－ＤＰＨ－１２Ｅ：新中村化学工業株式会社製、商品名；Ａ－ＤＰＨ－１２Ｅ、６官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物
　コロネートＬ：東ソー株式会社製、商品名：コロネートＬ、イソシアネート系架橋剤
　ＫＢＭ３０６６：信越化学工業株式会社製、商品名：ＫＢＭ３０６６、シランカップリング剤
　ＲＵＶＡ－９３：大塚化学株式会社製、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、商品名：ＲＵＶＡ－９３、極大吸収波長λmax＝３３７ｎｍ
　ＫＢ７４：ケミプロ化成株式会社製、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、商品名：ＫＥＭＳＯＲＢ７４、極大吸収波長λmax＝３４２ｎｍ、
　ＳＢ１０７：シプロ化成株式会社製、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、商品名：ＳＥＥＳＯＲＢ１０７、極大吸収波長λmax＝３５０ｎｍ
　ＳＢ７０７：シプロ化成株式会社製、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、商品名：ＳＥＥＳＯＲＢ７０７、極大吸収波長λmax＝３４３ｎｍ
　ＵＶ３９１１：オリエント化学工業社製、インドール系紫外線吸収剤、商品名：ＢＯＮＡＳＯＲＢ　ＵＡ－３９０１　極大吸収波長λmax＝３９３ｎｍ
　式（ａ）：下記式（ａ）で表される化合物（特開２０１９－０８９９９７号公報に記載の方法で合成）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000092
The abbreviations in Tables 1 and 2 have the following meanings.
Acrylic resin (A): Acrylic resin (A) synthesized in Polymerization Example 1
Formula (UVA-1): Compound represented by formula (UVA-1) synthesized in Example 1 Formula (UVA-3): Compound represented by formula (UVA-3) synthesized in Example 3 Formula (UVA-3) UVA-4): Compound represented by the formula (UVA-4) synthesized in Example 4 NCI-730: manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., trade name: NCI-730, photoradical generator A-, which is an oxime ester compound. DPH-12E: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name; A-DPH-12E, hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound Coronate L: manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd., trade name: coronate L, isocyanate-based cross-linking agent KBM3066: Shin-Etsu Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd., Product name: KBM3066, Silane coupling agent RUVA-93: Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd., Bentrotriazole UV absorber, Product name: RUVA-93, Maximum absorption wavelength λmax = 337nm
KB74: Benzotriazole-based UV absorber manufactured by Chemipro Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name: KEMSORB74, maximum absorption wavelength λmax = 342 nm,
SB107: Benzophenone-based UV absorber manufactured by Cipro Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name: SEESORB107, maximum absorption wavelength λmax = 350 nm
SB707: Cipro Kasei Co., Ltd., Benzotriazole-based UV absorber, trade name: SEESORB707, maximum absorption wavelength λmax = 343 nm
UV3911: Indole-based UV absorber manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: BONASORB UA-3901 Maximum absorption wavelength λmax = 393 nm
Formula (a): Compound represented by the following formula (a) (synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2019-0899797)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000092
　＜粘着剤層の作製＞
　（実施例１３）
　上記で調製した粘着剤組成物（１）を、離型処理が施されたポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムからなるセパレートフィルム〔リンテック（株）から入手した商品名「ＰＬＲ－３８２１９０」〕の離型処理面に、アプリケーターを用いて乾燥後の厚みが５μｍとなるように塗布し、温度１００℃で１分間乾燥した。その後、セパレートフィルム側から紫外線照射装置（フュージョン ＵＶ システムズ社製「無電極ＵＶランプシステム　Ｈバルブ」）を用いてＵＶ－Ａ（波長３２０～３９０ｎｍ）が照度５００ｍＷ、積算光量が５００ｍＪになるよう調整し、紫外線照射することで粘着剤層（粘着剤シート）（１）を作製した。 <Preparation of adhesive layer>
(Example 13)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) prepared above was applied to the release-treated surface of a separate film [trade name "PLR-382190" obtained from Lintec Corporation] made of a polyethylene terephthalate film that had been released-treated. The film was applied using an applicator so that the thickness after drying was 5 μm, and dried at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 1 minute. After that, from the separate film side, UV-A (wavelength 320 to 390 nm) was adjusted to an illuminance of 500 mW and an integrated light amount of 500 mJ using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“Fusion UV Systems Co., Ltd.“ Electrodeless UV lamp system H valve ”). The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) (1) was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
　（実施例１４～２３）及び（比較例８～１３）
　表３に示すように、使用する粘着剤組成物、形成される粘着剤層の厚みを変化させる以外は実施例１３と同様にして、粘着剤層（２）～粘着剤層（１７）を作製した。 (Examples 14 to 23) and (Comparative Examples 8 to 13)
As shown in Table 3, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (2) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (17) were prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used and the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed were changed. bottom.
　（比較例１４）
　上記で調整した粘着剤組成物（１５）を離型処理が施されたポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムからなるセパレートフィルム〔リンテック（株）から入手した商品名「ＰＬＲ－３８２１９０」〕の離型処理面に、アプリケーターを用いて乾燥後の厚みが５μｍとなるように塗布し、温度１００℃で１分間乾燥して粘着剤層（１８）を作製した。
　得られた粘着剤層（１８）をラミネーターにより、２３μｍのシクロオレフィンフィルム（日本ゼオン株式会社製ＺＦ－１４）に張り合わせた後、温度２３℃、相対湿度６５％の条件で７日間養生し、粘着剤シート（１８）を得た。 (Comparative Example 14)
An applicator is applied to the release-treated surface of a separate film [trade name "PLR-382190" obtained from Lintec Co., Ltd.] made of a polyethylene terephthalate film that has been released from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (15) prepared above. Was applied so that the thickness after drying was 5 μm, and the film was dried at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 1 minute to prepare an adhesive layer (18).
The obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (18) was bonded to a 23 μm cycloolefin film (ZF-14 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation) with a laminator, and then cured under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 65% for 7 days to adhere. An agent sheet (18) was obtained.
　＜粘着剤シートの吸光度測定＞
　得られた粘着剤層（１）～粘着剤層（１７）をそれぞれ無アルカリガラスに貼合し、セパレートフィルムを剥離した後、粘着剤層にシクロオレフィンポリマー（ＣＯＰ）フィルム（日本ゼオン株式会社製ＺＦ－１４）を貼合し、ＣＯＰフィルム／粘着剤層／ガラスの構成を有する積層体を作製した。
　また、得られた粘着剤シート（１８）のセパレートフィルムを剥離し、無アルカリガラスに貼合してＣＯＰフィルム／粘着剤層／ガラスの構成を有する積層体を作製した。
　作製した積層体を分光光度計ＵＶ－２４５０（株式会社島津製作所製）にセットし、ダブルビーム法により１ｎｍステップ３００～８００ｎｍの波長範囲で吸光度を測定した。作製した粘着剤層の波長３３０ｎｍ、波長４００ｎｍ及び波長４２０ｎｍにおける吸光度（Ａｂｓ）を表３に示す。なお、波長３３０ｎｍ、波長４００ｎｍ及び波長４２０ｎｍにおける、無アルカリガラスの吸光度及びＣＯＰフィルムの吸光度はいずれも０である。 <Measurement of absorbance of adhesive sheet>
The obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) to pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (17) are respectively bonded to non-alkali glass, the separate film is peeled off, and then a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film (manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) is applied to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. ZF-14) was laminated to prepare a laminate having a COP film / adhesive layer / glass structure.
Further, the separate film of the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (18) was peeled off and bonded to non-alkali glass to prepare a laminate having a composition of COP film / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer / glass.
The prepared laminate was set in a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the absorbance was measured in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps by the double beam method. Table 3 shows the absorbances (Abs) of the prepared pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a wavelength of 330 nm, a wavelength of 400 nm, and a wavelength of 420 nm. The absorbance of the non-alkali glass and the absorbance of the COP film at a wavelength of 330 nm, a wavelength of 400 nm and a wavelength of 420 nm are all 0.
　吸光度測定後のサンプルを、温度６３℃、相対湿度５０％の条件でサンシャインウェザーメーター（スガ試験機株式会社製）に２００時間投入し、耐候性試験を実施した。取り出したサンプルの吸光度を上記と同様の方法で測定した。測定した吸光度から、下記式に基づき、波長４００ｎｍにおけるサンプルの吸光度保持率を求めた。結果を表３に示す。
　吸光度保持率（％）
　　＝（耐久試験後のＡ（４００）／耐久試験前のＡ（４００））×１００
［式中、Ａ（４００）は、波長４００ｎｍにおけるサンプルの吸光度を表す。］ The sample after the absorbance measurement was put into a sunshine weather meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) under the conditions of a temperature of 63 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% for 200 hours, and a weather resistance test was carried out. The absorbance of the taken-out sample was measured by the same method as described above. From the measured absorbance, the absorbance retention of the sample at a wavelength of 400 nm was determined based on the following formula. The results are shown in Table 3.
Absorbance retention rate (%)
= (A (400) after endurance test / A (400) before endurance test) x 100
[In the formula, A (400) represents the absorbance of the sample at a wavelength of 400 nm. ]
　＜粘着剤層の耐ブリード性評価＞
　得られた粘着剤層の面にさらにセパレートフィルムを積層させて両面セパレートフィルム付き粘着剤層を得た。得られた両面セパレートフィルム付き粘着剤層を温度２３～２５℃の空気下で１ヶ月保管した。保管後の両面セパレートフィルム付き粘着剤層を顕微鏡を用いて面内の化合物の結晶析出有無を確認した。結晶析出がないと「〇」とし、結晶析出があると「×」とした。評価結果を表３に示す。 <Evaluation of bleed resistance of adhesive layer>
A separate film was further laminated on the surface of the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a double-sided separate film. The obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a double-sided separate film was stored in air at a temperature of 23 to 25 ° C. for 1 month. After storage, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with the double-sided separate film was checked for crystal precipitation of the compound in the plane using a microscope. If there was no crystal precipitation, it was evaluated as "○", and if there was crystal precipitation, it was evaluated as "x". The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
　本発明のメロシアニン骨格を有する新規化合物は長波紫外線～近紫外線の領域に対して高い吸収選択性を有し、かつ、良好な耐候性を有し、本発明の新規化合物を含む組成物から形成された層を薄膜にしたとしても、化合物が析出せず良好な耐ブリード性を有する。 The novel compound having a merocyanine skeleton of the present invention has high absorption selectivity in the region of long-wave ultraviolet rays to near-ultraviolet rays, has good weather resistance, and is formed from a composition containing the novel compound of the present invention. Even if the layer is made into a thin film, the compound does not precipitate and has good bleed resistance.

Claims (40)

  1. 　重合性基と下記式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    ［式（Ｘ）中、環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を有し、かつ芳香族性を有さない環構造を表し、環Ｗ１は置換基を有していてもよい。
    　Ｒ３は、１価の置換基を表す。］     A compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the following formula (X).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    [In formula (X), ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. ..
    R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. ]
  2. 　重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物が、式（Ｉ）で表される化合物～式（ＩＸ）で表される化合物のいずれかである請求項１に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    ［式（Ｉ）～式（ＩＸ）中、環Ｗ１及びＲ３は、前記と同じ意味を表す。
    　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、それぞれ独立して、環の構成要素として少なくとも１つの二重結合を有する環構造を表す。環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３は、置換基を有していてもよい。
    　環Ｗ１１１は、構成要素として窒素原子を２つ有する複素環を表す。
    　環Ｗ１１２、環Ｗ１１３及び環Ｗ１１４は、それぞれ独立して、構成要素として窒素原子を１つ有する複素環を表す。
    　Ｒ１、Ｒ４１、Ｒ５１、Ｒ６１、Ｒ９１、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ２、Ｒ１２、Ｒ４２、Ｒ５２、Ｒ６２、Ｒ７２、Ｒ８２、Ｒ９２、Ｒ１０２及びＲ１１２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－ＮＲ１２Ａ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＲ１３Ａ－、－ＮＲ１４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＦ２－又は－ＣＨＦ－に置換されていてもよい。
    　Ｒ１３、Ｒ２３、Ｒ３３、Ｒ４３、Ｒ５３、Ｒ６３、Ｒ７３、Ｒ８３、Ｒ９３、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１２３は、それぞれ独立して、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、－ＳＯ３Ｈ、－ＳＯ２Ｈ、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる－ＣＨ２－及び－ＣＨ＝は、それぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＲ１Ａ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＮＲ２Ａ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ３Ａ－、－ＮＲ４Ａ－ＣＯ－、－ＮＲ５Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ６Ａ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ７Ａ－、－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＯ－ＮＲ８Ａ－、－ＮＲ９Ａ－ＣＯ－Ｓ－、－ＣＳ－、－Ｏ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｏ－、－ＮＲ１０Ａ－ＣＳ－、－ＮＲ１１Ａ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－、－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－Ｓ－ＣＳ－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－又は－ＳＯ２－に置換されていてもよい。
    　Ｒ１Ａ、Ｒ２Ａ、Ｒ３Ａ、Ｒ４Ａ、Ｒ５Ａ、Ｒ６Ａ、Ｒ７Ａ、Ｒ８Ａ、Ｒ９Ａ、Ｒ１０Ａ、Ｒ１１Ａ、Ｒ１２Ａ、Ｒ１３Ａ及びＲ１４Ａは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数１～６のアルキル基を表す。
    　Ｒ４、Ｒ１４、Ｒ２４、Ｒ３４、Ｒ４４、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６４、Ｒ７４、Ｒ８４、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１４、Ｒ１２４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１５、Ｒ２５、Ｒ３５、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８５及びＲ１２５は、それぞれ独立して、電子求引性基又は重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　Ｒ１及びＲ２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ４１及びＲ４２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ５１及びＲ５２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ６１及びＲ６２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ９１及びＲ９２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１０１及びＲ１０２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１１１及びＲ１１２は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ２及びＲ３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１２及びＲ１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ４２及びＲ４３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ５２及びＲ５３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ６２及びＲ６３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ７２及びＲ７３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ８２及びＲ８３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ９２及びＲ９３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１０２及びＲ１０３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１１２及びＲ１１３は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ４及びＲ５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１４及びＲ１５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ２４及びＲ２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ３４及びＲ３５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ７４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ８４及びＲ８５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    　Ｒ６及びＲ８は、それぞれ独立して、２価の連結基を表す。
    　Ｒ７及びＲ１２６は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。
    　Ｒ９及びＲ１０は、それぞれ独立して、３価の連結基を表す。
    　Ｒ１１は、４価の連結基を表す。
    　ただし、式（Ｉ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４及びＲ５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２、Ｒ１３、Ｒ１４及びＲ１５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＩＩＩ）のおいては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ２３、Ｒ２４及びＲ２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＩＶ）においては、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ３３、Ｒ３４及びＲ３５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（Ｖ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、Ｒ４３及びＲ４４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＶＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５１、Ｒ５２、Ｒ５３、Ｒ５４、Ｒ６１、Ｒ６２、Ｒ６３及びＲ６４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＶＩＩ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ７２、Ｒ７３、Ｒ７４、Ｒ７５、Ｒ８２、Ｒ８３、Ｒ８４及びＲ８５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＶＩＩＩ）においては、Ｒ１、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ９１、Ｒ９２、Ｒ９３、Ｒ９４、Ｒ１０１、Ｒ１０２、Ｒ１０３、Ｒ１０４、Ｒ１１１、Ｒ１１２、Ｒ１１３及びＲ１１４のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
    　式（ＩＸ）においては、Ｒ２、Ｒ４、Ｒ５、Ｒ１２３、Ｒ１２４及びＲ１２５のうち少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。］     The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X) is any one of a compound represented by the formula (I) to a compound represented by the formula (IX). Compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    [In formulas (I) to (IX), rings W 1 and R 3 have the same meanings as described above.
    Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. Independently, it represents a ring structure having at least one double bond as a component of the ring. Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12 and Ring W 13 are replaced. It may have a group.
    Ring W 111 represents a heterocycle having two nitrogen atoms as a component.
    Ring W 112 , ring W 113, and ring W 114 each independently represent a heterocycle having one nitrogen atom as a component.
    R 1 , R 41 , R 51 , R 61 , R 91 , R 101 , R 111 , R 2 , R 12 , R 42 , R 52 , R 62 , R 72 , R 82 , R 92 , R 102 and R 112. Independently, hydrogen atom, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, Represents a group containing a polymerizable group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. -CH 2- and -CH = contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group are independently -NR 12A- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-,-, respectively. COO -, - OCO -, - CONR 13A -, - NR 14A -CO -, - S -, - SO -, - SO 2 -, - CF 2 - or may be substituted in -CHF-.
    R 13 , R 23 , R 33 , R 43 , R 53 , R 63 , R 73 , R 83 , R 93 , R 103 , R 113 and R 123 are independently heterocyclic groups, halogen atoms and nitros, respectively. Group, cyano group, hydroxy group, thiol group, carboxy group, -SF 5 , -SF 3 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, group containing polymerizable group, carbon number which may have substituent Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 25 aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or substituents, and is contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group-CH. 2- and -CH = are independently of -O-, -S-, -NR 1A- , -CO-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CONR 2A- , -O-CO-NR 3A- , -NR 4A -CO-, -NR 5A -CO-O-, -NR 6A -CO-NR 7A- , -CO-S-, -S-CO -S-, -S-CO-NR 8A- , -NR 9A -CO-S-, -CS-, -O -CS-, -CS-O-, -NR 10A -CS-, -NR 11A -CS It may be replaced with -S-, -S-CS-, -CS-S-, -S-CS-S-, -SO- or -SO 2-.
    R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A , R 7A , R 8A , R 9A , R 10A , R 11A , R 12A , R 13A and R 14A are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Alternatively, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    R 4 , R 14 , R 24 , R 34 , R 44 , R 54 , R 64 , R 74 , R 84 , R 94 , R 104 , R 114 , R 124 , R 5 , R 15 , R 25 , R 35. , R 75 , R 85 and R 125 each independently represent a group containing an electron-attracting group or a polymerizable group.
    R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 41 and R 42 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 51 and R 52 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 61 and R 62 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 91 and R 92 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 101 and R 102 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 111 and R 112 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 2 and R 3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 12 and R 13 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 42 and R 43 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 52 and R 53 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 62 and R 63 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 72 and R 73 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 82 and R 83 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 92 and R 93 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 102 and R 103 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 112 and R 113 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 4 and R 5 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 14 and R 15 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 24 and R 25 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 34 and R 35 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 74 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 84 and R 85 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 124 and R 125 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 6 and R 8 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
    R 7 and R 126 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a trivalent linking group.
    R 11 represents a tetravalent linking group.
    However, in the formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (II), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (III), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (IV), at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (V), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (VI), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
    In formula (VII), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 and R 85 contains a polymerizable group. Represents a group.
    In formula (VIII), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 91 , R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 101 , R 102 , R 103 , R 104 , R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R. At least one of 114 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    In formula (IX), at least one of R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 123 , R 124 and R 125 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
  3. 　Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、フルオロアリール基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である請求項２に記載の化合物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , -SF 5 , -SF 3 , fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO. -OR 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 may have a hydrogen atom, a substituent and may have an alkyl group or a substituent having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. 6 carbon atoms. The compound according to claim 2, which is (representing 18 aromatic hydrocarbon groups).
  4. 　Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、ニトロ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である請求項２又は３に記載の化合物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 222 or -SO 2. -R 222 (R 222 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The compound according to claim 2 or 3 (represented).
  5. 　Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、シアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である請求項２～４のいずれかに記載の化合物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 is a carbon which may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, which is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group of 1 to 25 or a substituent.
  6. 　Ｒ４及びＲ５からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、シアノ基である請求項２～５のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of R 4 and R 5 is a cyano group.
  7. 　Ｒ４がシアノ基であり、
    　Ｒ５がシアノ基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ２２２又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ２２２（Ｒ２２２は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５のアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数６～１８の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。）である請求項２～６のいずれかに記載の化合物。     R 4 is a cyano group
    R 5 has a cyano group, -CO-O-R 222 or -SO 2- R 222 (R 222 has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 6, which represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may be used.
  8. 　Ｒ４及びＲ５がともにシアノ基である請求項２～７のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein both R 4 and R 5 are cyano groups.
  9. 　Ｒ１及びＲ２が、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の脂肪族炭化水素基である請求項２～８のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein R 1 and R 2 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, which may independently have a substituent.
  10. 　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して環を形成する請求項２～８のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other to form a ring.
  11. 　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して形成する環が、脂肪族複素環である請求項１０に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 10, wherein the ring formed by connecting R 1 and R 2 to each other is an aliphatic heterocycle.
  12. 　Ｒ１及びＲ２からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一方が、重合性基を含む基である請求項２～９のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 2 is a group containing a polymerizable group.
  13. 　Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結して環を形成し、かつ、Ｒ１及びＲ２が互いに連結した環が重合性基を有する請求項２～８のいずれかに記載の化合物。 Linked R 1 and R 2 together form a ring, and A compound according to any one of claims 2-8 wherein the ring to which R 1 and R 2 are linked to each other has a polymerizable group.
  14. 　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、芳香族性を有さない環である請求項２～１３のいずれかに記載の化合物。 Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 13, which is an independently non-aromatic ring.
  15. 　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、５～７員環構造である請求項２～１４のいずれかに記載の化合物。 Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 14, which independently has a 5- to 7-membered ring structure.
  16. 　環Ｗ２、環Ｗ３、環Ｗ４、環Ｗ５、環Ｗ６、環Ｗ７、環Ｗ８、環Ｗ９、環Ｗ１０、環Ｗ１１、環Ｗ１２及び環Ｗ１３が、それぞれ独立して、６員環構造である請求項１５に記載の化合物。 Ring W 2 , Ring W 3 , Ring W 4 , Ring W 5 , Ring W 6 , Ring W 7 , Ring W 8 , Ring W 9 , Ring W 10 , Ring W 11 , Ring W 12, and Ring W 13 , respectively. The compound according to claim 15, which independently has a 6-membered ring structure.
  17. 　Ｒ３がニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、－ＳＦ５、－ＳＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、フルオロアリール基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）である請求項１～１６のいずれかに記載の化合物。 R 3 is a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OCF 3, -SCF 3, -SF 5, -SF 3, fluoroalkyl group, fluoroaryl group, -CO-O-R 111A or -SO 2 -R 112A (R 111A and R 112A each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.) The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  18. 　Ｒ３がシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、－ＯＣＦ３、－ＳＣＦ３、フルオロアルキル基、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－Ｒ１１１Ａ又は－ＳＯ２－Ｒ１１２Ａ（Ｒ１１１Ａ及びＲ１１２Ａは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数１～２４のアルキル基を表す。）である請求項１～１７のいずれかに記載の化合物。 R 3 is a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , a fluoroalkyl group, -CO- OR 111A or -SO 2- R 112A (R 111A and R 112A are independent of each other. , The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 17, which represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  19. 　Ｒ３がシアノ基である請求項１～１８のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein R 3 is a cyano group.
  20. 　環Ｗ１が５～７員環である請求項１～１９のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the ring W 1 is a 5- to 7-membered ring.
  21. 　環Ｗ１が６員環である請求項２０に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 20, wherein the ring W 1 is a 6-membered ring.
  22. 　極大吸収波長におけるグラム吸光係数εが５０Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）以上である請求項１～２１に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claims 1 to 21, wherein the gram extinction coefficient ε at the maximum absorption wavelength is 50 L / (g · cm) or more.
  23. 　ε（λmax）／ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）≧５である請求項１～２２に記載の化合物。
    ［ε（λmax）は、重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物における極大吸収波長におけるグラム吸光係数を表す。
    　ε（λmax＋３０ｎｍ）は、重合性基と式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造とを有する化合物の（極大吸収波長＋３０ｎｍ）におけるグラム吸光係数を表す。
    　グラム吸光係数の単位は、Ｌ／（ｇ・ｃｍ）である。］     The compound according to claims 1 to 22, wherein ε (λmax) / ε (λmax + 30 nm) ≥ 5.
    [Ε (λmax) represents the gram absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength in a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
    ε (λmax + 30 nm) represents the gram absorption coefficient at (maximum absorption wavelength + 30 nm) of a compound having a polymerizable group and a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
    The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
  24. 　請求項１～２３のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む組成物。 A composition containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
  25. 　さらに開始剤を含む請求項２４に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 24, further comprising an initiator.
  26. 　前記開始剤がラジカル重合開始剤である請求項２５に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 25, wherein the initiator is a radical polymerization initiator.
  27. 　前記開始剤が光ラジカル重合開始剤である請求項２６に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 26, wherein the initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  28. 　さらにラジカル重合性成分を含む請求項２４～２７のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 24 to 27, further comprising a radically polymerizable component.
  29. 　前記ラジカル重合性成分が（メタ）アクリレート化合物である請求項２８に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 28, wherein the radically polymerizable component is a (meth) acrylate compound.
  30. 　前記ラジカル重合性成分が多官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物である請求項２９に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 29, wherein the radically polymerizable component is a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound.
  31. 　さらに、樹脂（Ａ）を含む請求項２４～３０のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 24 to 30, further comprising the resin (A).
  32. 　前記樹脂（Ａ）は、ガラス転移温度が４０℃以下の樹脂である請求項３１に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 31, wherein the resin (A) is a resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower.
  33. 　前記ガラス転移温度が４０℃以下の樹脂が、（メタ）アクリル系樹脂である請求項３２に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 32, wherein the resin having a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C. or lower is a (meth) acrylic resin.
  34. 　さらに、架橋剤（Ｅ）を含む請求項３１～３３のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 31 to 33, further comprising a cross-linking agent (E).
  35. 　前記架橋剤（Ｅ）が、イソシアネート架橋剤である請求項３４に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 34, wherein the cross-linking agent (E) is an isocyanate cross-linking agent.
  36. 　請求項２４～３０のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成されハードコート層。 A hard coat layer formed from the composition according to any one of claims 24 to 30.
  37. 　請求項３１～３５のいずれかに記載の組成物からなる粘着剤層。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer comprising the composition according to any one of claims 31 to 35.
  38. 　請求項２４に記載の組成物から形成される成形物。 A molded product formed from the composition according to claim 24.
  39. 　式（Ｘ）で表される部分構造を有する樹脂。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    ［式（Ｘ）中、環Ｗ１は、環の構成要素として二重結合を有し、かつ芳香族性を有さない環構造を表し、環Ｗ１は置換基を有していてもよい。
    　Ｒ３は、１価の置換基を表す。］     A resin having a partial structure represented by the formula (X).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    [In formula (X), ring W 1 represents a ring structure having a double bond as a component of the ring and having no aromaticity, and ring W 1 may have a substituent. ..
    R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. ]
  40. 　請求項３９に記載の樹脂を含む組成物。 A composition containing the resin according to claim 39.
PCT/JP2021/004079 2020-02-14 2021-02-04 Compound WO2021161887A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180013071.3A CN115052857A (en) 2020-02-14 2021-02-04 Compound (I)
KR1020227031305A KR20220142469A (en) 2020-02-14 2021-02-04 compound

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-023233 2020-02-14
JP2020023233 2020-02-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021161887A1 true WO2021161887A1 (en) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77291814

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/004079 WO2021161887A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2021-02-04 Compound

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2021127336A (en)
KR (1) KR20220142469A (en)
CN (1) CN115052857A (en)
TW (1) TW202138347A (en)
WO (1) WO2021161887A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021006517A (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-01-21 住友化学株式会社 Compound

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997041109A1 (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 University Of Alberta Synthesis of (±) - calicheamicinone, precursors, intermediates and derivatives
JP2009067973A (en) * 2006-09-29 2009-04-02 Fujifilm Corp Polymer material containing ultraviolet absorber
JP2019090005A (en) * 2017-10-13 2019-06-13 住友化学株式会社 Resin and adhesive composition

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102206209B1 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-01-22 히타치 존슨 컨트롤즈 쿠쵸 가부시키가이샤 Absorption chiller
CN110799616A (en) * 2017-06-27 2020-02-14 住友化学株式会社 Adhesive composition and film with adhesive layer

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997041109A1 (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 University Of Alberta Synthesis of (±) - calicheamicinone, precursors, intermediates and derivatives
JP2009067973A (en) * 2006-09-29 2009-04-02 Fujifilm Corp Polymer material containing ultraviolet absorber
JP2019090005A (en) * 2017-10-13 2019-06-13 住友化学株式会社 Resin and adhesive composition

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
VALADBEIGI, YOUNES: "Proton affinities and gas phase basicities of epoxides and episulfides: Exceptional superbasicity of compounds with oxygen and sulfur sites", INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MASS SPECTROMETRY, vol. 431, 2018, pages 63 - 69, XP085422106, DOI: 10.1016/j.ijms.2018.06.007 *
VARMAZYAR, ALIREZA ET AL.: "Copper Salt Catalyzed Synthesis of Functionalized 2H-Pyranes", J. HETEROCYCLIC CHEM., vol. 56, 2019, pages 1850 - 1856, XP055847686 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115052857A (en) 2022-09-13
TW202138347A (en) 2021-10-16
JP2021127336A (en) 2021-09-02
KR20220142469A (en) 2022-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021161887A1 (en) Compound
WO2021200826A1 (en) Compound
JP2021006516A (en) Compound
JP7446848B2 (en) Optical layer and laminate including the optical layer
JP2021006517A (en) Compound
WO2021070800A1 (en) Adhesive composition
WO2021070799A1 (en) Adhesive agent composition
WO2022168754A1 (en) Compound
CN116635366B (en) Composition and method for producing the same
JP6489461B2 (en) Pentaarylbiimidazole compound and method for producing the compound
KR20230131477A (en) Compounds, compositions containing them, molded bodies, dyes, and optical layers
KR20230131232A (en) Compounds, compositions containing them, molded products, dyes, optical layers, and laminates

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21752973

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227031305

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21752973

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1